home
***
CD-ROM
|
disk
|
FTP
|
other
***
search
/
Media Share 9
/
MEDIASHARE_09.ISO
/
network
/
rlit93.zip
/
10FEB93L.NET
next >
Wrap
Text File
|
1993-02-17
|
519KB
|
12,504 lines
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Resolving I/O and IRQ Conflicts
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6054
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: FYI.P.6012 and FYI.P.6013
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Resolving I/O and IRQ Conflicts
I/O Conflicts
The Ethernet, ARCnet, or other network board will need to use
a unique I/O address. The following table shows some possible
conflicts. Column one shows the range from 200 to 3E0 (hex).
Column two shows some possible conflicting devices. Select an
I/O address that best fits your configuration; however, be
aware that this table is generic. If problems persist,
consult the documentation of your specific system. It is also
possible to get a listing of your I/O addresses with a
computer utility program.
┌──────────────┬─────────────────────────────────────┐
│ I/O Address │ Potential Conflicting Devices │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 200 │ Game controller /Joystick (200-20F) │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 220 │ Novell Network Keycard │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 240 │ │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 260 │ LPT2: (278-27F) │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 280 │ LCD display on Wyse 2108 PC │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 2A0 │ │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 2C0 │ │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 2E0 │ COM4:, GPIB-Adapter 0 (2E1) │
│ │ COM2:, Data acquisition (300-31F) │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 300 │ │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 320 │ XT Hard Disk interface (320-32F) │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 340 │ │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 360 │ LPT1: (378-37F) │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 380 │ SLDC/Sec Bi-Sync interface (380 │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 3A0 │ Primary Bi-Sync interface (3A0-3A9) │
│ │ Monochrome display (3B0-3BB) │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 3C0 │ EGA display control (3C0-3CF) │
│ │ CGA display control (3D0-3CF) │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 3E0 │ COM3: (3E8-3EF) │
│ │ Floppy disk controller (3F0-3F7) │
│ │ COM1: (3F8-3FF) │
└──────────────┴─────────────────────────────────────┘
IRQ Conflicts
A unique interrupt line (IRQ) must be assigned to your network
board. Each manufacturer's network board is unique in the
available interrupts it offers (refer to the network board's
manual to determine its interrupt options). The following
table may help in selecting an interrupt option that is not
currently being used in your system. It is also possible to
get a specific reading of your interrupts from a computer
utility program.
┌───────┬────────────┬──────────────────┐
│ IRQ │ XT │ AT (286,386,486) │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 0 │ │ TIMER OUTPUT 0 │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 1 │ │ KEYBOARD │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 2 │ EGA/VGA │ EGA/VGA │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 3 │ COM2 │ COM2 │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 4 │ COM1 │ COM1 │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 5 │ HARD DISK │ LPT2 │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 6 │ │ FLOPPY DISK │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 7 │ LPT1 │ LPT1 │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 8 │ │ REAL TIME CLOCK │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 9 │ │ │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 10 │ │ │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 11 │ │ │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 12 │ │ │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 13 │ │ COPROCESSOR │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 14 │ │ HARD DISK │
├───────┼────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ 15 │ │ │
└───────┴────────────┴──────────────────┘
Note: For best results, you should try using a free interrupt
line. If the chart shows that you are using all possible
interrupts, it is possible that your Ethernet or other network
board may use an interrupt that is already being used. For
example: many programs do not address LPT1 on the interrupt
level; hence, if you have no free interrupts, it is possible
to assign two functions to the same interrupt.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: NetWare Lite Patch Release
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6087
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: FYI.P.6041
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
NetWare Lite Patch Release
Novell has released eleven patches that address various
NetWare Lite issues. These patches can be obtained through
CompuServe or through Novell directly.
CompuServe
A free CompuServe membership can be obtained by dialing
(800)848-8199 in the U.S. and (614)457-0802 outside the U.S.
(ask for Representative 200). CompuServe will provide NetWare
Lite users with fifteen dollars worth of credit toward online
services at no charge.
To get the files from CompuServe, do the follow procedure:
1. Type GO NOVLIB
2. When in NOVLIB, enter into library one or ten.
3. Download NWL005ZIP. (This ZIP file contains the NetWare
Lite patches.)
Note: You must have PKUNZIP.EXE to unzip NWL005.ZIP. If
you do not have PKUNZIP.EXE, you can get it from
CompuServe. It is located inside PKZ110.EXE, which is
another file that must be downloaded.
a. To download PKZ110.EXE, create a directory called
PKZIP (either on floppy diskette or on your hard
drive).
b. Go to library 15 of NOVLIB and download PKZ110.EXE.
c. Then, move PKZ110.EXE into the PKZIP directory.
d. Type PKZ110
PKZ110.EXE will create PKUNZIP.EXE (and other
programs that can be used for archiving functions).
4. When you have PKUNZIP.EXE, you can unzip NWL005.ZIP.
5. Put NWL005.ZIP into the PKZIP directory.
6. Next, type the following:
PKUNZIP NWL005.ZIP <path where you want the files
to be copied to>
The patch files will be copied to the directory that you
specify. Novell recommends that you copy them to a
floppy diskette. This way, you will have a copy of the
patches in a distinct and identifiable place.
Novell
If you want the patches but cannot access CompuServe, call
Novell at (801)429-5483 and request the NetWare Lite Patch
Disk. It will be sent to you through U.S. Mail and will take
from four to seven days to arrive.
The following is a list of the files that will be sent to you.
(Note that these are the same files that are contained in the
NWL005.ZIP file.)
5E03 PAT 877 11-26-91 5:55p
CGADSPLY PAT 1173 01-27-92 2:30p
KEYCLOCK PAT 2537 01-17-92 10:40a
LOSTRESP PAT 1747 11-26-91 1:36p
NWL005 DOC 20475 07-13-92 3:20p
PBIOS17 PAT 1474 12-17-91 1:57p
PCPS PAT 316 01-27-92 3:03p
PCPS ZIP 6460 02-06-92 10:38a
PRNLPT1 PAT 1705 01-08-92 5:08p
PTIMEOUT PAT 1170 11-22-91 3:37p
RDCACHE PAT 1052 11-22-91 3:18p
UPATCH EXE 19690 01-16-92 9:35a
WRBEHIND PAT 1178 11-22-91 3:37p
TASKFIX PAT 890 06-11-92 9:45a
General Information
The files listed below are previous patches to NetWare Lite.
All of them are superseded by the patches contained in
NWL005.ZIP.
NWL004.ZIP
NWL003.ZIP
NWL002.ZIP
NWL001.ZIP
Four of the patches contained in NWL005.ZIP (PBIOS17.PAT,
PRNLPT1.PAT, 5E03.PAT, and CGADSPLY.PAT) may not improve the
performance on your system but will not decrease the
performance either. These four patches are for specific
hardware or applications. Review the corresponding section of
this document to determine if you would benefit from any of
these four patches.
Installation
Please be sure to backup your old SERVER.EXE and CLIENT.EXE
before you attempt to apply the patch. Backing up your data
files would also be wise.
To install the patches, place the disk where the patch files
reside into drive A: and type UPATCH. This must be done to
all machines on your network. Please read the documentation
that accompanies NWL005.ZIP for details on the installation.
The following information is contained in the NWL005.DOC file
and is included in its original form. Included are the patch
name, date, and the file that is affected by the patch (such
as SERVER.EXE), and problems (with accompanying symptoms) that
each patch deals with.
PATCH DESCRIPTIONS
============================================================
=====
5E03.PAT NetWare Lite Client DOS 5E03 invalid parameter
patch
Patch Date: November 26, 1991
File: CLIENT.EXE
Checksums: 55F, 509, 57
Problem: When DOS-interrupt 21h, function 5E03 (Get
Printer Setup String), is used on a disk
device, the client returns an error code of 1
(invalid function). Software from Computer
Associates International, Inc. expects an
error code of 87 (invalid parameter).
Symptoms: If you are running software from Computer
Associates, you may note that networking
features do not work. CAI software expects a
different error code on function 21, 5E03 than
NetWare Lite currently returns.
============================================================
=====
CGADSPLY.PAT NetWare Lite Server CGA Display Patch
Patch Date: January 27, 1991
File: SERVER.EXE v1.00
Checksums: 410, 4D1, 3FF, 49F, 1B0, 1B0
Problem: The problem occurs with any PC with a CGA
adapter running a NetWare Lite v1.00 SERVER.
When pressing <Ctrl>+<Alt>+<Del> or
<Alt>+<Shift>+<N>, you should see a popup
display with options; instead you see a blank
screen. It functions as expected; however,
the display is blank.
Symptoms: This problem is specific to CGA display
adapters. It is only experienced when a user
presses <Ctrl>+<Alt>+<Del>, <Alt>+<Shift>+<N>,
or when one of the popup display screens is
encountered.
============================================================
=====
KEYCLOCK.PAT NetWare Lite Server 1.00 Keyboard Clock
Conflict Patch
Patch Date: January 17, 1992
File: SERVER.EXE version 1.00
Checksums: 6F8, BC9, 57C, EB3, 6F9, B54, 2AC, D10, 6F8,
BC9, 3E8, EB3
Problem: While typing at the server keyboard the server
pauses. This is most likely to occur when the
server is under heavy load, such as a client
performing an XCOPY to and from the server.
Symptoms: You may have this problem if you see the
server pause for 70 seconds or longer. Most
people may think the server is hung because no
foreground activity is occurring and the
server is not answering requests from clients.
However, the server does eventually return;
the foreground activity resumes; no time is
lost on the system clock; if the client
retries its request, the response is sent.
The slower your hardware, the more likely you
are to see this problem and the longer the
pause is likely to last.
============================================================
=====
LOSTRESP.PAT NetWare Lite Server lost response patch
Patch Date: November 26, 1991
File: SERVER.EXE
Checksums: D4D, 17B8, 416, 3A3, D4D, 17B8
Problem: The last function result is not saved
correctly in the server's connection table.
This results in nonreproducible functions
(like OPEN FILE) being reproduced at the
server when a server response packet is lost.
This ends up exhausting the server's resources
after a long period of sustained activity.
Symptoms: You may have this problem if DOS or your
application reports the error "Too many open
files" after running continuously for several
hours or days. Another symptom that occurs
after continuous operation is that one of the
machines freezes or reports a DOS function
failure.
============================================================
=====
PBIOS17.PAT NetWare Lite Server Printer BIOS Get Status
Patch
Patch Date: December 17, 1991
File: SERVER.EXE
Checksums: 18F0, 19A8, 18F0
Problem: The ROM BIOS for some computers destroys the
contents of a register when the server read
the status of the printer. When the server
attempts to print a character, null, or other,
invalid characters appear instead of the
desired file.
Symptoms: Print job does not print or is printed in
garbled form. This problem can only happen if
the server port is a parallel port.
============================================================
=====
PCPSxxxx.PAT NetWare Lite Network Printer Characters Per
Second Patch
Patch Date: January 17, 1992
File: NetWare Lite Server printer port configuration
file Checksums: 55, CA, C9, 92, 24, 47
Problem: The NET utility does not allow Network
Printers to have characters per second set any
higher than 2048.
Symptoms: Large print jobs take considerably longer (up
to four times) when printed using a Network
printer than when using a local printer.
Foreground processing at the server may be
slowed during printing after applying this
patch.
Note: The NET Utility does not properly calculate the changes
this patch makes. Therefore, any display of the characters
per second will not be accurate. To view the current setting,
run the appropriate batch file; read the value; then select
option 7 to make no change.
============================================================
=====
PRNLPT1.PAT NetWare Lite Client PRN and LPT1 merge patch
Patch Date: January 8, 1992
File: CLIENT.EXE
Checksums: 59A, 26D, E13, 413, 61c, 9A0, 59A, 26D, E13
Problem: Applications that intermingle writes to the
printer using PRN: and LPT1: produce incorrect
printouts. This is because the NetWare Lite
client treats the captures of PRN: and LPT1:
as separate captures. This patch forces the
two captures into a single capture. This is a
known problem with the Lacerte Tax Application
version 11.0322.
Symptoms: You may have this problem if you see corrupt
printing.
============================================================
=====
PTIMEOUT.PAT NetWare Lite Client printer (PRN) timeout
patch
Patch Date: November 22, 1991
File: CLIENT.EXE
Checksums: 1166, 50B, 1166
Problem: Client program fails to imply a print job
timeout on a PRN port capture.
Symptoms: If you print from an application, but the job
does not start printing at the server until
you exit the application, you may have this
problem. Check to see if the banner page on
the delayed print job indicates that the
"Client printer port or filename" is "PRN
capture." If so, this is an indication that
the application is using PRN and not LPT1 for
its printing. Programs compiled under Clipper
are known to print through PRN thus are
affected by this problem.
============================================================
=====
RDCACHE.PAT NetWare Lite Server read-ahead cache patch
Patch Date: November 22, 1991
File: SERVER.EXE
Checksums: BF0, 3EF, BF0
Problem: The server makes an invalid entry in the
read-ahead cache when a read is issued past
the end of the file. The invalid entry
contains no data and could be returned after
the file is extended and a subsequent read is
made to the same area of the file in a short
time.
Symptoms: If you have a database program that
incorrectly reports that the end-of-file has
been encountered or exhibits problems reading
or updating the index file for a database, you
may have this problem. Programs compiled
under FoxBase and Clipper are known to make
I/O call sequences that result in the error.
============================================================
=====
WRBEHIND.PAT NetWare Lite Server write behind patch
Patch Date: November 22, 1991
File: SERVER.EXE
Checksums: D1E, 3B0, D1E
Problem: The server write-behind offset is corrupted
when a packet is lost on the wire. This
results in data being written in the wrong
place in a file when the underlying network
drops a packet. This only occurs with certain
combinations of buffer sizes,
application-write sizes, and write offsets.
Symptoms: If you have file data corruption under
particularly heavy load or if you have a
particular machine or particular application
that appears to corrupt data when it is used,
you may have this problem.
============================================================
====
TASKFIX.PAT NetWare Lite Client DOS task count patch
Patch Date: June 11, 1992
File: Client.exe
Checksums:3 6F, 2D9, 120
Problem: When running certain applications on a NetWare
Lite client, the DOS End-of-Task command is
missed and never sent to the server. This
results in having dangling tasks on the server
that cannot be removed until the client does a
NET LOGOUT or NET LOGIN to clear the
connection. In most cases, this bug should
not cause serious problems if the task count
on the server is set to the maximum (200).
However, some applications may continually
create tasks that are not released upon
completion that will eventually exceed the
maximum tasks limit on the server. At that
point, no other applications will be able to
run.
Symptoms: The task count on the net server status screen
increases when an application is run but does
not decrease back to the initial count when
the application exits back to DOS.
Note: The first time that each client makes a
request of the NetWare Lite server to open a
file, a task is created on the server for the
DOS shell (COMMAND.COM) on the client. This
task will remain open on the server until a
client disconnects from the server by typing
NET LOGOUT or NET LOGIN to reinitialize the
connection.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Windows 3.0 Compatibility
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6044
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Windows 3.0 Compatibility
INSTALLATION
Follow the regular installation procedures for Windows.
Normally Windows will automatically configure itself as if no
network is loaded. If you have NetWare Lite loaded when you
install Windows, then Windows will set itself up for
"Microsoft Network (or 100 percent Compatible)."
Putting Windows on a NetWare Lite Network:
The following is intended for users who want to install
windows in shared mode. Most of this information can be
found in the Windows User Guide. The following
steps are for the server:
1. Select the Server that you want Windows physically
to reside, and create a directory called WIN30.
2. Insert INSTALL DISK 2 and copy the file called
EXPAND.EXE to the WIN30 directory.
3. Create a BATCH file in the WIN30 directory called
EXPALL.BAT with the following statements:
%1
for %%i in (*.*) do %2\expand %%i %2\%%i
rename %2\*.sy$ *.sys
attrib %2\*.* +r
4. Insert WINDOWS DISK 1 into a floppy drive. Then
from the WIN30 directory, run the following:
EXPALL <sourcedrive> <destination directory>
Example: EXPALL A: C:\WIN30
Note: Step 4 must be repeated for each Windows
disk.
5. Enter the NetWare Lite menu utility, by typing NET.
Then select "Supervise the network" and then
"Network directories." Create a network directory
by pressing the <Insert> key. Select the server
where your WIN30 directory is located, then enter
the path as C:\WIN30.
6. Increase FILES=XX in the CONFIG.SYS file on the
server by 20 per client connected.
7. Enter the NET menu utility and select "Supervise
the Network" and then select "Server
Configuration." Increase CLIENT TASKS=XX by 10 per
client connected. Reboot.
The following steps are for the client:
1. Load NetWare Lite by typing STARTNET. Map a drive
to WIN30:
Net Map I: WIN30 <Enter>
2. Change to the I: drive
I: <Enter>
3. Type SETUP/N, then follow the Windows installation
instructions. Note: At the configuration screen,
select the Network option "Microsoft Network (or
100% Compatible)."
4. Reboot the machine. When you reboot the machine,
DOS will give you the following message:
┌───────────────────────────────────┐
│Search path contains invalid drive.│
└───────────────────────────────────┘
This message will occur any time you run a program
and DOS searches your path. It does this because
Windows inserted the I: drive into your path when
it was installed. When the machine is first
booted, the I: drive has not been mapped yet, so
NetWare Lite is unable to locate it. Just ignore
the message. When you map the I: drive to WIN30,
the message will go away. If you want it to
disappear, insert the following line into your
AUTOEXEC.BAT file before the path statement:
C:\<DOS directory>\SUBST I: C:
This line will make the I: drive temporarily search
the C: drive, thereby making it a valid statement
in the path. As soon as your map command executes,
the I: drive will be redirected to a network
directory.
After you reboot, load the network by typing
STARTNET. After you have you have performed your
drive mappings and printer captures, you can type
WIN to enter Windows.
TIPS FOR RUNNING WINDOWS 3.0
Network Operations
Set up the NetWare Lite environment before running
Windows (that is make sure all drives are mapped, printer
ports are captured, and network resources are set up).
Mapped Drives and Connections
Windows will display a message indicating that "drive
does not contain any files" if you try to access a drive
on a server that has gone down. Any attempt to access
that drive will fail. Under regular DOS, this error is
trapped and the client saves enough information to
restore automatically the connection to that network
directory when the downed server returns to the network.
Windows prevents regular DOS from trapping this error.
To restore connections to your mapped drive, exit Windows
and reissue the NET MAP command when the server is back
on the network. (See Question 2 in the Questions and
Answers section of this document for more information.)
Using Windows to Perform Network Operations
Changing the network configuration in the Windows SETUP
from "NO NETWORK" to "Microsoft Network (100%
Compatible)" on a stand alone machine provides the
ability to connect and disconnect network drives and
printers through Windows. However, such operations are
not supported by Novell. Unpredictable problems may
occur. Use "Microsoft Network (or 100% Compatible)" with
caution, and if problems occur, change to "NO NETWORK."
Selecting Printers
If Windows is set up for "NO NETWORK," then Windows does
not know how to handle redirections (such as printer
captures and drive mappings). Consequently, the user
should configure the printer in Windows for either the
LPT1.OS2 or the LPT2.OS2 port depending on what has been
captured before entering Windows. (Please see Question
3 in the Question and Answers section of this document
for more information.)
Browse
The browse function does not work when trying to attach
to servers or trying to capture printers.
NetWare Lite Messages
Messages sent to network users through NetWare Lite will
not be received if the user to whom you are sending the
message is in Windows.
Windows Modes
If you are experiencing a problem that only occurs when
NetWare Lite is loaded and if the problem seems
unsolvable, experiment with various Windows modes to see
if the problem is corrected. The Windows mode can be
changed by using one of the following command line
parameters:
Standard Mode: WIN /s
Real Mode: WIN /r
Enhanced Mode: WIN /3
HIMEM.SYS
If you are using MS-DOS 5.0, make sure that you are using
the HIMEM.SYS version (04-09-91) that came with MS-DOS
5.0 and not the one that came with Windows. Windows 3.0
shipped with a more recent driver that has proven to be
less compatible with MS-DOS 5.0 than the HIMEM.SYS that
DOS is shipped with.
Interrupts
VPICDA.386 is a patch written by Microsoft that fixes
problems that arise when network boards are set to a
number greater than 10. It must also be used if you are
using interrupt 2. (Which means VPICDA.386 does not need
to be loaded if you are using any of the interrupts from
3 to 8.)
Use the following instructions to install VPICDA.386:
1. Dowload WINUP4.ZIP from CompuServe (See Fax
Document 263 or FYI.P.6087 for information on how
to access CompuServe).
2. Unzip the WINUP4.ZIP and copy VPICDA.386 into your
Windows\System directory.
3. Edit SYSTEM.INI file. (Use Notepad or another
editor.)
4. Remove the "device=*vpicd" line.
5. Replace it with the "device=VPICDA.386" line.
Base I/O Addresses
I/O addresses below 300 should not be used for network
boards on machines that also use Windows.
Changes to SYSTEM.INI
Make sure that the following line is in the Windows
SYSTEM.INI file:
[386Enh]
UniqueDOSPSP = TRUE
Doing this will solve occasional problems with
applications that hang a Windows client.
Speed Issues with NetWare Lite and Windows
See the fax documents concerning the patches that have
been released by Novell that increase printing speed. If
your network seems slow, these patches could solve your
problem.
NetWare Lite and Windows: Common Question and Answers.
Question 1: Why does my system receive Sharing Violations
or lockups when running Windows or Windows'
applications?
Answer 1: You possibly neglected to set all applications
(.EXE, .COM, and .OVL files) to read-only
using the ATTRIB command. This can be done by
executing the following commands in all
directories that might be used across the
network:
attrib +r *.exe
attrib +r *.com
attrib +r *.ovl
Question 2: What happens if my system loses connections
while in Windows?
Answer: 2 If a client loses connections temporarily with
a server while in DOS, then one of two things
will happen:
1. The connection will be reestablished by
NetWare Lite.
2. The user will try to perform something
that requires a connection and will get
an A)bort, R)etry, F)ail error. If the
user presses <F> or <R>, then the
connection will be reestablished.
Unfortunately, Windows will not recognize this
"critical error message" and so will not
reestablish connections when attempting to
perform a network operation such as printing
to a network printer. The user must exit out
to DOS, perform a function that will
reestablish connections after the server is
back up (such as DIR on a network directory),
then enter Windows again.
Question 3: Why do I have to select LPT1.OS2 when I want
to print from Windows in a "NO NETWORK" mode?
Answer: 3 NetWare Lite is a peer-to-peer network, which
means it runs on top of DOS. When a printer
is captured, NetWare Lite tricks DOS into
printing to another location (such as a
printer on another machine). This is why you
can print from an application to an LPT1 port,
and the job will end up at another machine's
printer.
Some applications (like Windows) bypass DOS
and print directly to the LPT port. So, if
you print from an application in Windows, it
will bypass DOS, which means it will bypass
your capture command and will try to print to
a printer on your client (instead of where you
want it to go). However, you can trick
Windows by going into the WIN.INI file and
inserting the following line under the [Ports]
section:
[Ports]
LPT1.XXX= (The suffix can be any three
letters.)
For example: LPT1.OS2=
Windows now interprets that a file called
LPT1.OS2 is on your disk; and if you select
LPT1.OS2 in "printer setup" under Control
Panel, Windows will try to print to this
"file." When Windows sends a print job to the
file "LPT1.OS2" to DOS, DOS strips off the
suffix (OS2, XXX, or whatever) and sends the
job to the redirected printer.
Question 4: Why can't I print using WordPerfect for
Windows?
Answer: 4 If WordPerfect printer drivers are being used
instead of Windows', the user needs to make
some adjustments to make WordPerfect work
correctly. The adjustments are similar to the
ones made above to Windows. First, go into
"select printer." Instead of selecting LPT1
or LPT2, select file. Then enter the name of
a file that starts with LPT1 or LPT2:
LPT1.XXX
For example: LPT1.OS2
This will cause WordPerfect to print to LPT1
correctly for the same reasons it enables
Windows to work correctly.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Hardware Trouble Shooting Guide
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6094
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: FYI.P.6048
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Hardware Trouble Shooting Guide
Quite often, apparent problems with NetWare Lite can be traced
to the network hardware or the drivers that have been
installed. This document describes how to detect some of
these problems.
The following is an explanation on how to determine whether
your network connections are solid. If you are already
familiar with this procedure, skip to the next section.
How to Run "Verify Network Connections"
1. Insert the original installation diskette (PROGRAM
diskette) into the disk drive of one of your machines.
2. Type INSTALL.
3. Select "Verify network connections."
4. Type in the name for the machine.
5. Check to see if the connection appears on your screen,
accompanied by the workstation address.
6. Repeat the procedure for all machines on your network.
7. Each time you bring up a new workstation, that
workstation's name and node address should show on the
following screens:
A. Its own screen
B. All other screens running "Verify network
connections"
8. Remember, "Verify network connections" must be running on
all machines on the network concurrently.
9. If one or more of the workstations on your network does
not show up on every screen, you have a bad connection
somewhere.
10. Allow "Verify network connections" to run for about five
minutes to verify that the connections remain solid--in
other words, check to see if any workstations blink on
and off. If they do, then you have an intermittent
connection problem.
11. Finally, ensure that none of your connections are using
the same node address (especially when you are using
ARCnet boards).
Procedure for "Verify network connections" Failures
Note: Run Verify Connections between each of these steps to
determine if the problem has been solved.
1. The first step is to determine which of the various
programs is causing the connection problem. Reboot the
machine without loading the network. Type out or print
the STARTNET.BAT file to find out what your board
driver's name is and replace the NE2000 driver in the
example below with your board's driver. Then load the
drivers in the following order to determine if each
driver loads or if it gives an error message. (Do not
forget to replace the NE2000 driver with your board
driver.)
LSL
NE2000
IPXODI A
SHARE
SERVER
CLIENT
2. If any beeps occur when running these programs, you know
you have a problem. If any error message occurs, write
down the exact message.
3. If you are using a DOS ODI driver, contact the board
manufacturer to verify that it is up-to-date.
4. Next, type out the NET.CFG file that is located in the
\NWLITE directory to ensure that the interrupt line
(IRQ), PORT (I/O), and MEM (Memory Address) entries are
the same as the ones that are physically selected on the
network board. If they are not, change the settings on
your board or the entries in the NET.CFG so that they
match.
5. To edit the NET.CFG file, do the following:
a. From the \NWLITE directory, use an ASCII editor (DR
DOS 6.0's EDITOR for example) to bring up the
NET.CFG file. If the file does not exist, then
create one according to the following instructions.
This example is based on interrupt line 3 and BASE
I/O Address 300 settings:
#Setup the NE2000 board
LINK DRIVER NE2000
INT 3
MEM D0000 (NOTE: NE2000 does not use this
line.)
PORT 300
Notes:
a. INT, MEM, and PORT need to be exactly one TAB away
from the left margin.
b. Not all boards use shared memory, so your NET.CFG
may not contain a MEM setting.
c. Any line starting with a # sign is a comment line.
6. Try changing interrupt line (IRQ), PORT (I/O), and/or MEM
(Memory Address) settings on the network board to ensure
that there are no other hardware conflicts. Then
reinstall NetWare Lite or edit the NET.CFG file so that
NetWare Lite recognizes the new board settings. The
NetWare Lite v1.1, the README.TXT document in Section 2:
INSTALLING NetWare LITE AND LOGGING IN, and Fax Document
212 or FYI.P.6054 contain more information on resolving
I/O and IRQ conflicts.
7. Strip down the AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS files.
Afterwards your files should look similar to the
following examples:
AUTOEXEC.BAT CONFIG.SYS
@ECHO OFF FILES=30
PROMPT $p$g BUFFERS=30
C:\DOS;C:\NWLITE LASTDRIVE=M
8. If this solves the problem, add your original command
lines back into the AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS files one
at a time starting with the CONFIG.SYS file, rebooting
the machine, and running verify connections between each
one until you find the command line causing the problem.
9. If your network board uses a Shared Memory Address (MEM),
use a memory manager (such as DR DOS 6.0's EMM386.SYS) to
exclude the range of memory that the board uses. This
will prevent another program from using that memory
address (Please refer to Fax Document 264 or FYI.P.6076
for information about DR DOS 6.0 and MS-DOS 5.0 memory
managers).
10. Remove any possible conflicting boards (such as modem,
mouse, bus boards). Afterwards, your machine should only
contain the network board, a drive controller board, and
a video board. If the problem goes away, put the boards
back in one at a time to see which board was causing the
problem.
11. Try putting the network board in a different slot on the
motherboard.
12. Check or change cables, T-connectors, and terminators.
Remove anything that might be causing interference on the
network cable (such as speakers or florescent lights).
If you are using an ARCnet topology, check for a bad hub
or a bad port on the hub. If you are using a
Twisted-Pair topology, check for a bad concentrator or a
bad port on your concentrator.
13. Try slowing down the bus speed on your machines. The bus
speed should never be faster than 8 MHz. Note: Realize
that bus speed and clock speed is not the same thing.
Your bus speed can usually be slowed down through the
CMOS setup. In some instances, however, the only way to
slow down the bus speed is to slow down the clock speed
(if your machine has a turbo switch, turn the turbo off).
Refer to your user's manual for more details.
14. Try a different network board. The recommended network
boards are listed on the back of the NetWare Lite box and
the approved ODI driver for each recommended board is
included on the NetWare Lite Driver diskette.
15. Scan for viruses. You can obtain software to perform
this scan by calling the McAfee BBS at 408-988-4004 or
dial 408-988-3832 for voice. You may also contact your
local dealer for virus protection software.
16. Try using a different PC to reveal any possible conflicts
between your machine and the network board.
17. Run CHKDSK /F or a third-party disk utility on each hard
drive to recover any lost clusters and to fix any other
problems.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: EVOLUTION/2 Compatabilitity
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6045
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
MAS 90 EVOLUTION/2 Compatibility
The following is a technical bulletin, reproduced with
permission from State of the Art, Inc. It discusses NetWare
Lite's compatibility with MAS 90 EVOLUTION/2.
MAS 90 EVOLUTION/2 Technical Bulletin
Bulletin No.: 91008 Date: Novem
ber
22,
1991
Application: Library Master Level: 1.2x
Subject: NetWare Lite Compatibility Issues
State of the Art, Inc. has evaluated the Novell NetWare Lite
Network Operating System and found it to be fully compatible
with MAS 90 EVOLUTION/2. NetWare Lite is a low-cost,
peer-to-peer network solution that does not require a
dedicated file server and offers compatibility to most NETBIOS
networking adapters.
The evaluation performed by State of the Art, Inc., consisted
of an 80386 nondedicated file server, 80386 workstation,
MS-DOS Level 3.30 and MS-DOS Level 5.0, and Western Digital
Ethernet network boards. We also configured NetWare Lite
using ARCnet network boards. Both methods of connecting
workstations were found to be compatible with MAS 90
EVOLUTION/2 products. Because of the inherently slower nature
of a peer-to-peer topology, it is recommended that 80386- or
80486-based systems be used for both file servers and
workstations.
To use NetWare Lite as a network environment with your MAS 90
EVOLUTION/2 installation, a Network version of the Library
Master is required. The Network Library Master must be Level
1.2x or above and should be installed on the designated file
server of the NetWare Lite Network using the network
installation procedure described in Section 7 of the Library
Master documentation.
It appears that MAS 90 EVOLUTION/2, used in conjunction with
NetWare Lite version 1.0, is incompatible with DOS partitions
that are larger than 32 MB. System freezes and intermittent
lockups may occur when drive partitions larger than 32 MB in
DOS 4.0x, or other methods of increasing drive sizes, are
used. If these conditions persist, shrink your DOS 4.0x
partitions to less than 32 MB or reformat your hard drives
with DOS 3.30 or DOS 5.0. Both methods have been found to
eliminate the problem.
Because of the size of the NetWare Lite shell, the amount of
memory available to the MAS 90 EVOLUTION/2 software may not be
sufficient for some applications under MS-DOS 3.3x. Under
MS-DOS 5.0 this issue can be addressed by loading various
network drivers into high memory, gaining approximately 40 KB
of additional RAM. However, even when using MS-DOS 5.0 with
NetWare Lite, you may experience memory limitations because
the remaining available memory can be limited by DOS
configuration issues.
Because it is impossible to predict the actual amount of
available RAM you may have on your system at any one time, we
suggest that you establish a minimum of 530 KB to 550 KB of
available RAM before entering the MAS 90 EVOLUTION/2 software.
This amount of available RAM should be sufficient to run the
software in a multi-user mode under most circumstances for all
applications.
In order to ensure that the MAS 90 EVOLUTION/2 software
functions properly in the NetWare Lite environment, you must
check the following minimum configuration issues.
To configure your system for NetWare Lite:
1. The file-server disk drive and each workstation should be
configured and operational before installing MAS 90
EVOLUTION/2. You should configure and test printers and
have supervisor access rights before application
installation.
2. The CONFIG.SYS file for file servers and workstations
must contain the following commands:
FILES=50
BUFFERS=32
LASTDRIVE=M
3. The AUTOEXEC.BAT file for the file server with MAS 90
EVOLUTION/2 installed must contain the following
commands:
SET BBTERM=TO Sets the file server identifier
to TO.
SHARE/F:4096/L:500 Invokes SHARE with file buffers
set to 4096, number of file
locks set to 500.
4. The AUTOEXEC.BAT file for each workstation must contain
the following commands:
SET BBTERM=T1 Sets the workstation identifier
to T1. Each workstation must
have a unique identifier (e.g.,
T1..T9, T10, T11, TA, TB,
etc.).
SHARE/F:4096/L:500 Invokes SHARE with file buffers
set to 4096, number of file
locks set to 500.
5. Make sure that each workstation and the file server are
all running with the same version of DOS. This is
necessary because the SHARE command is used for File and
Record locking, and consistent implementations of SHARE
are a requirement for NetWare Lite to function properly.
6. The drive letter for the server should be higher than the
highest drive letter for any workstation. For example,
if each local workstation has a C and D drive, the server
should be designated as an E drive, relative to the
workstations. Otherwise, data corruption may occur.
IMPORTANT
While NetWare Lite is designed as a peer-to-peer drive-sharing
network, the MAS 90 EVOLUTION/2 programs and data files
require a server and workstation configuration. All programs
must be loaded onto the same server drive and in the same
directory. All data files are accessed through Library Master
programs and their location as known to MAS 90 EVOLUTION/2 is
relative to the drive where Library Master was installed. It
is recommended that all data files be located in the same
directory where the application programs were installed.
However, if you choose to distribute data files among other
drives on the network, do not assign each workstation a
different drive designator for the server drive. Each
workstation must access the server drive using a similar drive
letter, or MAS EVOLUTION/2 may not be able to access those
data files.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Installing Paradox 3.5
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6047
DATE: 03DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Installing Paradox 3.5
Before Beginning
To install Paradox 3.5 on a NetWare Lite network, you must
perform the steps described below. Please read this entire
document before beginning the installation. By doing so you
will get a better understanding of the process. You may also
discover that some of the steps have already been done and do
not need to be repeated. However, if you run into problems,
try starting from the beginning and redoing all the steps.
The installation is divided into three parts. The first part
is the preparation of the server. The second part is the
installation/configuration of Paradox. The third part is
setting up the users. Any text that is shown between
quotations (" ") is an example of what you would enter on the
keyboard to perform the step being described. The text can be
entered either uppercase or lowercase. Do not type the
quotations.
Prepare the Server
Please refer to the NetWare Lite manual, README.TXT file,
or other fax documents if you need more information to
complete any of the following steps.
1. Install NetWare Lite on the machine that will be the file
server.
1a. Select "Make this machine a client and a server"
option.
1b. After NetWare Lite is installed, reboot the machine
and load the network by typing "startnet" at the
DOS prompt.
1c. Be sure to run SHARE.EXE whenever the network is
loaded.
1d. Test the network to make sure it is functioning
properly.
1e. As a minimum, you should use the "Verify network
connections" option in the NetWare Lite
installation program.
2. Increase files handles and client tasks. The number of
file handles is determined by the FILES= command in the
CONFIG.SYS file. Use the NET utility to increase the
client tasks for the server. This is done by selecting
"Supervise the network," then "Server configuration,"
then "Client tasks." These modifications will take
effect the next time the server is booted.
3. Create directories on the server's local drive where
Paradox will be installed. You will need to create
separate directories for the Paradox program files and
the Paradox network control file. Also create a users'
directory where each user's "home" directory will be
located.
As an example, execute the following commands at
the DOS prompt (if the c:\apps directory already
exists):
"md c:\apps\pdox35"
"md c:\apps\pdox35\pdoxdata"
"md c:\users"
These directory names will be referred to throughout this
document; however, these names are only examples. If you
want to use different directory names, simply substitute
them for the names that have been used. You may also use
different drive letters than the ones used if you prefer.
However, if you run into problems, try using the names
and letters used in this document.
4. Create separate network directories for the Paradox
program files and network control file. The procedure
for completing this step is as follows:
4a. Make sure the network is running and log in as
supervisor (or any other account with supervisor
privileges).
4b. Type "net" at the DOS prompt to start the NET
utility.
4c. Highlight "Supervise the network" using the arrow
keys, and press the <Enter> key.
4d. Highlight "Network directories," and press the
<Enter> key.
4e. Press the <Insert> key to add a new network
directory.
4f. Highlight the name of the server where Paradox will
be installed, and press the <Enter> key.
4g. Enter a name for the network directory where the
Paradox program files will be located, such as
"pdox35."
4h. Enter the complete path where the Paradox program
files reside on the server. In the example, this
would be entered as "c:\apps\pdox35."
4i. Leave the "Default access rights" as "ALL." Press
the <Esc> key, then press the <Enter> key to save
the new network directory definition.
4j. Repeat steps 4e through 4i to define a second
network directory for the Paradox network control
file. Use "pdoxdata" for the network directory
name and "c:\apps\pdox35\pdoxdata" for the path.
4k. Repeat steps 4e through 4i to define a network
directory to be used as the users' directory. Use
"users" for the network directory name and
"c:\users" for the path.
4l. Press <Alt>+<F10> to exit the NET utility.
Install Paradox
If Paradox is already installed, skip to the next paragraph;
otherwise, install Paradox on the server's local drive
according to the documentation supplied with Paradox. You
will be installing Paradox as a network application but not to
a network directory. When prompted for drive letters and
paths, use the appropriate local drive letters and paths as
though you were installing Paradox as a stand-alone
application. During the installation, you will be prompted
for information specific to your setup, such as the network
type you are using. Consult the Paradox documentation if you
require additional information about how to respond to
specific questions. Answers to critical questions are shown
below.
Network type 6 (Other)
Network control file: c:\apps\pdox35\pdoxdata
Set Up the Users
Paradox allows each user to have a custom configuration for
their Paradox session. To use this feature, you must create
a separate directory for each user who will use a custom
configuration. Create a user directory for each user by
entering the following command at the DOS prompt:
"md c:\users\username"
Substitute "username" with each person's name. The example
shows you how to set up user directories on the server. User
directories can be set up on the workstations; however, this
must be done from each workstation.
Next, prepare to update the paradox network-control file, and
change the attributes of the Paradox executable files to
"read-only" by entering the following commands at the DOS
prompt:
"subst h: c:\apps\pdox35"
"subst i: c:\apps\pdox35\pdoxdata"
"h:"
"attrib +r *.exe"
"nupdate"
If you get a "command or filename not found" message while
trying to execute the SUBST or ATTRIB command, make sure that
the directory where they reside is in your current path.
You must also run the Paradox Custom Configuration Program
(CCP) to create a PARADOX.CFG for each user. Whether you make
user directories on the server or on each workstation, the
directories must exist before starting the CCP. See Chapter
14 of the Paradox Users Guide if you require more
information on how to use the CCP. The basic steps are
outlined below:
1. Start the CCP by entering the following command at the
DOS prompt:
"paradox custom"
2. When in the CCP, select "Net|SetPrivate" from the main
menu.
3. Enter the path to the user's directory, such as:
"c:\users\<username>"
The directory you specify must exist before starting the
CCP.
4. Press <F2> to save the configuration. Choose "Network"
when the system prompts you for a location to save the
PARADOX.CFG file.
5. Repeat steps 1 through 4 for each user.
Starting Paradox from a Workstation
The easiest way for a user to start Paradox is to create a
batch file that includes the following commands:
"net map h: pdox35"
"net map i: pdoxdata"
"net map j: users\%1"
"set t=%path%"
"path h:\;%path%"
"j:"
"paradox -share"
"path %t%"
After the network software has been loaded at the workstation
and the user has logged in, the batch file should be executed.
If the batch file was called PDOX.BAT, the user would type
"pdox <username>" at the DOS prompt, substituting the name of
the user directory for <username>. <username> gets
substituted for "%1" in the batch file.
Starting Paradox on the Server
To start Paradox on the server, create a batch file as
instructed in "Starting Paradox from a Workstation" paragraph.
Modify the batch file as follows:
"subst h: c:\apps\pdox35"
"subst i: c:\apps\pdox35\pdoxdata"
"cd c:\users\%1"
"set t=%path%"
"path h:\;%path%"
"paradox -share"
"path %t%"
"subst h: /d"
"subst i: /d"
This batch file can be run on the server whether the network
software has been loaded. If the batch file were named
PDOX.BAT, the user would enter "pdox <username>" at the DOS
prompt, substituting the name of the user directory for
<username>. <username> gets substituted for "%1" in the batch
file.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Network Setup
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6050
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Network Setup
Introduction
NetWare Lite is a peer-to-peer network that enables users to
share printers and disk drives. To have a better
understanding of NetWare Lite itself, many users need to learn
some new network concepts and terminology. This document is
designed to help make this learning process easier.
Loading the Network
NetWare Lite is a DOS based network. In other words, it
relies on DOS to communicate with your computer hardware and
software (as opposed to NetWare 2.x and 3.x that do not use
DOS to perform these functions). NetWare Lite is made up of
several terminate-and-stay resident programs (TSRs) that load
themselves into memory. These programs can be divided into
two general categories--those that deal with the network board
and those that make up NetWare Lite.
Network Boards
LSL
<DOS ODI Driver> (Example: TRXNET.COM)
IPXODI A
NetWare Lite
SHARE (DOS Program)
SERVER
CLIENT
These programs are normally executed from a batch file called
STARTNET.BAT.
STARTNET.BAT
When NetWare Lite is installed, a file called STARTNET.BAT is
created. STARTNET.BAT loads the network software into memory
by running certain programs one at a time. If a machine is
setup to be both a server and a client, STARTNET.BAT will look
like the following:
LSL
<DOS ODI Driver> (Example: NE2000)
IPXODI A
SHARE
SERVER
CLIENT
Note: All of these files, with the exception of SERVER.EXE,
can be loaded into upper memory.
These files can be run from a batch file or from the command
line. Some people even add these commands into their
AUTOEXEC.BAT. This will work; however, Novell recommends that
you use a separate batch file (such as STARTNET.BAT) to run
these programs. When the network programs are loaded from a
separate batch file, problems are easier to troubleshoot.
STARTNET can be called from your AUTOEXEC.BAT by inserting the
following command into your AUTOEXEC.BAT file (usually near or
at the end):
call startnet
LSL, the DOS ODI driver, and IPXODI are programs that enable
the computer to interface with the network board.
Note: When you load IPXODI, you will do so with an A
parameter (IPXODI A). This parameter causes the program to
load itself without some of the overhead that is unnecessary
for NetWare Lite to run thus saving memory.
SHARE.EXE is a program that enables file sharing.
Consequently, it must be loaded on servers (because they are
likely to have files that other clients are trying to access
concurrently).
SERVER.EXE must be loaded on each machine that has network
resources (such as printers and disk drives) that need to be
shared with other clients.
CLIENT.EXE must be loaded on each machine that will need to
access network resources.
Example
If a user wants to use computer 1 to print to a printer
on computer 2, then computer 1 must have CLIENT.EXE
loaded; and computer 2 must have SERVER.EXE loaded.
Likewise, if a user at computer 1 wants to access station
2's hard disk, then computer 1 must have CLIENT.EXE
loaded; and computer 2 must have SERVER.EXE loaded.
If a computer needs to have access to its own printer and
SERVER.EXE has been loaded, then the computer will need
to load CLIENT and capture a port because the printer has
become a network printer.
Users and Logging In
The supervisor can log in to the network by typing:
NET LOGIN SUPERVISOR
NetWare Lite allows network administrators to place limits on
network access through passwords and directory access rights.
The supervisor must create users so that individuals will be
recognized by the network--then those users will be able to
log in when they need network access.
Users can be added to the network by doing the following
procedure:
1. Load the network (as explained above).
2. Type NET LOGIN SUPERVISOR
3. If requested, enter a password.
4. Type NET
5. Select "Supervise the Network."
6. Select "Users."
7. Press <Insert>.
8. Enter <username>.
9. Enter any information in about the user. For example,
you can issue the user a password or give him supervisor
privileges.
Now, a user can log in when desired from any machine.
Network Resources
Network resources are peripherals--usually printers, disk
drives, and CD-ROMs--that are made available to all users on
the network. Local printers become network printers, and disk
drives and CD-ROMs become network directories.
Novell suggest network directories and printers be given
descriptive names.
Good names for network directories might be BORLANDC,
WORDPERFECT, GAMES, GIFS, or PUBLIC.
Good names for network printers might be LASERJET-II,
EPSON-DOT, or APPLE-LAS.
Names that might not be good are CDRIVE, PRINTER1, and
PRINTER2. These names provide no indication of what
applications or what kinds of printers are being made
available.
Notice that during installation, NetWare Lite creates a CDRIVE
network directory for you. When you become familiar with the
product, this resource ought to be given a more descriptive
name.
Network Directories
The first type of network resource that a NetWare Lite
administrator can create is a network directory. These
directories need to be created so that individuals can gain
access to other users' hard drives. Network directories also
give the network administrator power to regulate network
access. Users can only access network directories that the
network administrator gives them access to.
Create a network directory by doing the following steps:
1. Load the network (as explained above).
2. Type NET LOGIN SUPERVISOR
3. Enter a password if requested.
4. Type NET
5. Select "Supervise the Network."
6. Select "Network Directories."
7. Press <Insert>.
8. Select the server where the actual directory resides.
9. Type <directory name> (example: WP).
10. Type in the actual directory path (example: C:\WP51).
Assign rights by doing the following:
1. In the same Network Directories screen, you can change
"default access rights" and "users with nondefault
rights." Refer to the NetWare Lite manual for
instructions on how to do this.
A user cannot access another user's machine unless he
maps a drive letter to a network directory that has been
set up. The following section explains mapping:
Mapping
Each computer recognizes a certain number of disk drives.
Normally, a machine will have two floppy drives (A: and
B:) and one hard drive (C:). NetWare Lite communicates
to DOS and your machine that there are more drives on
your machine than these three. Mapping a drive letter
takes unused DOS drive letters and assigns them to
network directories so that users are able to access the
directories. This can be done both through the NET
utility (by typing NET) and through the NET MAP command.
To map a drive letter using the NET utility, do the
following:
1) Type NET at the command line.
2) Select "Map drive letters."
3) Select the drive letter you wish to map (such as
G:).
4) Select the network directory to which you wish to
map.
To map a drive letter to a network directory from the
command line, enter the following:
NET MAP <drive letter> <network directory>
Example:
After setting up a WORDPERFECT network directory, a
user might enter the following command:
NET MAP G: WORDPERFECT
If the network directory WORDPERFECT is physically
located on server 1 in C:\WP51, then whenever the
user goes to G: (assuming G: has been mapped to
WORDPERFECT), he will see the contents of C:\WP51
on server 3. The user will not be able to access
any other directories (other than subdirectories
underneath C:\WP51) using G:.
If server 1 has the following directory structure
and a user has mapped G: to C:\WP51, then that user
will be able to access both the \USERS and the
\DATA subdirectories. However, he will not be able
to access the \BORLANDC directory.
C:\WP51 |-------\USERS
|-------\DATA
\BORLANDC
Lastdrive
The LASTDRIVE= command in your CONFIG.SYS reserves extra DOS
drive letters for NetWare Lite's use. For example, if you
included the statement "LASTDRIVE=M" in your CONFIG.SYS and
you had the above configuration (A:, B: and C:), then you
would have ten drive letters available for mapping (D: through
M:).
Network Printers
The setup process is similar for network printers. Network
printers can be created by doing the following steps:
1. Load the network (as explained above).
2. Type NET LOGIN SUPERVISOR
3. Enter a password if requested.
4. Type NET
5. Select "Supervise the network."
6. Select "Network printers."
7. Press <Insert>.
8. Select the server where the printer is actually
connected.
9. Type <printer name>.
10. Select one of the "Available server ports." Make sure
your printer is attached to the port that you select.
11. Press <Esc> to use the default settings (such as setup
strings or CPS), or change as desired.
Capturing
Now, to print to this printer, the user only needs to capture
one of the personal ports to the network printer. The user
could do this by issuing the following command:
NET CAPTURE LPTX <network printer>
Example: NET CAPTURE LPT1 LASER-JET
Ports LPT1, LPT2, and LPT3 can be used to capture while any
port (parallel or serial) can be used to physically attach a
printer.
Note: There is a difference between a "captured" port
and the port to which a printer is attached. A printer
can be physically attached to any port (parallel or
serial). This port is entered when a network printer is
created so that NetWare Lite interprets where to send
print jobs that are directed to that printer. After
those printers are established, ports LPT1, LPT2, and
LPT3 are freed so that they can be used to capture
network printers. That means that a user could have a
printer physically attached to LPT1 and could capture
LPT2 to that printer. He could then capture LPT1 to a
printer located on someone else's machine if desired.
Example Network Setup
The following is a comprehensive example that will take
the reader through the setup of an imaginary network.
This example will involve three machines: KENDALL-386,
DAVE-286, and JOEL-486.
KENDALL-386 is set up as a client only. DAVE-286 is set
up as server only, and JOEL-486 is set up as a
client/server. Because DAVE-286 is a server only, it
will be unable use any network resources. Likewise,
KENDALL-386, because it is set up as a client only, will
not be able to allow others to use its drives or
printers.
Verify Network Connections
"Verify network connections" should be run once after you
have initially set up the network to ensure that you do
not have any hardware or driver problems. It should also
be run any time you think you might have a connection
problem. See Fax Document 215 or FYI.P.6094 for more
details. Follow this procedure to "Verify network
connections":
1. Load the network (as explained above).
2. Insert PROGRAM DISKETTE into a disk drive.
3. Type INSTALL
4. Select "Verify network connections."
5. Enter the name of each machine.
6. "Verify network connections" should be running on
all machines.
7. Each screen should look something like the
following (all machines that are running "Verify
network connections" should show up):
Name Address
JOEL-486 00001B1E6082
KENDALL-386 00002C3I4983
DAVE-286 00008B9N4440
Let "Verify network connections" run for about five
minutes to make sure that none of the machines disappear
or flicker on and off.
If "Verify network connections" fails, then you know that
you either have a hardware problem or a driver problem.
Please refer to Fax Document 215 or FYI.P.6094 for
possible solutions.
User Setup
Next, log in to the network to setup users. Follow the
instructions above for setting up users. In the example,
seven users have been set up:
Joel
Kendall
Dave
Rebecca
Kevin
Steve
Chad
Joel, Kendall, and Dave were given supervisor privileges,
which means that they can perform the same functions as
the supervisor.
Remote Management
If a server allows "Remote management," then users can
change the server configuration from remote stations
(clients). KENDALL-386 and JOEL-486 were set up so that
they could not be remotely managed. DAVE-286 was set up
so that it could be remotely managed by issuing the
following commands:
1. Type NET at the DOS prompt.
2. Select "Supervise the network."
3. Select "Server configuration."
4. Select <server name>.
5. Arrow down to "Allow remote management," and select
"Yes" or "No."
6. The change will take effect when the server has
been rebooted.
Setting up Network Resources
Next, set up network printers and network directories.
JOEL-486 has a printer attached to COM1. It is a HP
Laserjet III called HPIII. DAVE-286 has a dot matrix
printer attached to its LPT1 port called OKIDATA.
Any time someone on the network wants to print to one of
these printers, they need to capture a port.
Remove all the CDRIVE directories that NetWare Lite
created, and create the following four network
directories:
WP51
DBASE
COMMON
DATA
WP51 is physically located on JOEL-486. Because JOEL-486
is set up as a server/client, the user who is using
JOEL-486 can use the machine even though other user might
be accessing WordPerfect from this machine.
DBASE is physically located on DAVE-286. Because
DAVE-286 is set up as a server only, employees using
DAVE-286 cannot access network resources; although, they
will still be able to access their local drives (but not
local printers).
COMMON and DATA are both located on DAVE-286.
KENDALL-386 cannot contain network directories
because it is set up as a client only.
Sample Files
The following is an example of the files used to fine
tune NetWare Lite followed by a list of configuration
tips for each file:
CONFIG.SYS
AUTOEXEC.BAT
STARTNET.BAT
LOG.BAT <NAME.BAT>
NET.CFG
CONFIG.SYS
The server keeps track of all files that are open. As
more workstations (clients) attempt to access a server,
more files will be opened. The number of files that can
be opened needs to be increased on any server that will
be allowing clients to access files. Enter the following
command somewhere in the CONFIG.SYS, or increase it if it
is already there:
FILES=XX
AUTOEXEC.BAT
At the end of AUTOEXEC.BAT, the following command has
been included so that the network will automatically be
loaded when the computer is booted:
call STARTNET
STARTNET.BAT
The STARTNET.BAT file will be different on each machine
depending on its configuration. The following is an
example of the one machine set up. All lines that do not
have a specific designation are included in all three
versions of STARTNET.BAT. Other lines are only included
in the STARTNET.BAT files for the designated machines:
lsl
ne2000
ipxodi a
share (on DAVE-286 and JOEL-486) See Fax Document
111 or FYI.P.6003 on configuring SHARE.EXE.
server (on DAVE-286 and JOEL-486)
client (on KENDALL-386 and JOEL-486)
<NAME>.BAT
Create a batch file for each user that logs each user
into the network. (For example: Rebecca logs in using a
batch file called BEC.BAT.) An individual batch file
might contain the following commands:
net login rebecca
net map d: wp51
net map e: dbase
net map f: common
net map g: data
net capture lpt1 HPIII
net capture lpt2 OKIDATA
Make a directory on each machine where all of these batch
files exist called \NETBATCH and include this directory
in the path of each machine. Now, whenever Rebecca wants
to log in to the network, she can go to any machine that
has client loaded and type BEC, and she will be logged
into the network. Remember, this only works because the
BEC.BAT batch file was copied over to the \NETBATCH
directory of each machine.
NET.CFG
This file was created by NetWare Lite at installation.
It contains information specific to the network board on
each machine. See Fax Document 215 or FYI.P.6094 for
more information on this file.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: NetWare Lite and Third-Party Caches
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6111
DATE: 01DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: v1.1
SUPERSEDES: FYI.P.6009
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
NetWare Lite and Third-Party Caches
NetWare Lite v1.1 now ships with a disk cache called NLCACHE.
See Fax Document 155 or FYI.P.6075 for particular in-depth
details.
***** WARNING *****
Caches other than the NetWare Lite Cache may need to have
delayed writes, deferred writes, posted writes, or queued
writes disabled if they are used with NetWare Lite. Many
cache programs "wake up" to do writes in the background, and
they do not protect themselves from reentry with a
DOS-critical section callout. If you use a cache (other than
the NetWare Lite Cache) with deferred writes, posted writes,
or queued writes turned on, you may get random hangs, data
corruption, or other abnormal behavior. To use a cache other
then the NetWare Lite Cache, call the cache company's
technical support group to find out if their cache's deferred
writes, posted writes, or queued writes work with NetWare
Lite. Many caches do not allow delayed writes, deferred
writes, posted writes, or queued writes when using a
peer-to-peer network. However, the NetWare Lite Cache can use
delayed writes. If you are using a cache that has one of the
above options, make sure the option is turned off. Some cache
tuning may be necessary for best results.
Note: Do not load two cache utilities on the same machine.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: The IPXODI Driver
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6006
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
The IPXODI Driver
The IPX shipped with NetWare Lite (IPXODI) is not new and is
not special to NetWare Lite. Novell has made a general
decision to convert from "linked" IPX to IPXODI. IPXODI is
shipped with the LAN Workplace for DOS product and with the
DOS/Windows shell kit. Novell will convert from linked IPX to
IPXODI for red-box NetWare soon. IPXODI is functionally
identical to the linked version of IPX, although the Link
Support Layer (LSL) offers multiple-protocol and Multiple Link
Interface Drivers (MLID) capabilities. NetWare Lite can be
run on top of either linked IPX or IPXODI but not on both.
STARTNET.BAT, which is created as part of the NetWare Lite
installation, should be modified not to load LSL (the ODI
driver) and IPXODI if linked IPX is already being loaded
elsewhere (similar to the AUTOEXEC.BAT).
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: DacEasy Compatibility
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6057
DATE: 03DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
DacEasy Compatibility
The following steps should be followed when using DacEasy
Accounting, Payroll, and Point of Sale Network software.
Installing DacEasy for the First Time
1. Install NetWare Lite. Please see Fax Document 235 or
FYI.P.6050 for help with installing and configuring
NetWare Lite.
2. Map Drive Letters. The next step is to map a drive
letter in NetWare Lite by doing the following:
a. Type STARTNET
b. When the network is loaded, log in by typing NET
LOGIN SUPERVISOR
c. Type "NET MAP <drive letter> CDRIVE <server name>"
Example: NET MAP G: CDRIVE SERVER_1
Note: The CDRIVE network directory is created for you
when you install NetWare Lite.
d. Now, any user can access this SERVER_1 by going to
the G: drive.
3. Install DacEasy.
Please see the manufacturer's installation instructions
for DacEasy. Make sure that you install from the drive
in NetWare Lite where the program will be stored. For
example, if you are going to store DacEasy on the G:
drive, then your installation command should be the
following: G:\>a:install.
The program will verify on which drive you are going to
install the program.
Reinstalling DacEasy for a Network
If you have already installed one of the DacEasy programs on
a single user machine and you are now connecting the network,
you will be required to make a change in the mapping.
1. Change to the drive letter that you have mapped.
Example: G:
2. Change to the applicable directory by typing the
following command applicable to the DacEasy program being
used:
Program Command
Accounting CD\DEA4\DEA4BAS
E
Payroll DEP4\DEP4BASE
Point of Sale DPOS\POSBASE
3. Delete the applicable file by typing the following
command applicable to the DacEasy program being used:
Program Command
Accounting DEL DEA4CID.DB
Payroll DEL DEP4CID.DB
Point of Sale DEL DEA4CID.DB
4. Change back to the previous directory by typing CD..
5. Start the applicable program by typing the following
command applicable to the DacEasy program being used:
Program Command
Accounting DEA4
Payroll DEP4
Point of Sale DPOS
6. When the program sends the prompt "New user or Upgrading
from an earlier version," respond with the "New User"
option.
7. Follow the prompts as when first installed. Put in an
identifier or identification for the companies' books
that are located in this subdirectory.
8. Enter the path where your data files exist. Remember to
use your new mapped drive.
For example, the data path could be: G:\DEA4\DATA
Note: Make sure that this directory exists.
9. If the data is located in that subdirectory, the program
will prompt the following message: "Do you wish to add it
to the company file?"
Respond with a "Y"
10. All clients should use the same mapped drive to access
the program.
Example:
If you have mapped G: drive to install DacEasy to
the server, then all clients should map G: to the
server. Configuration files should be increased in
the CONFIG.SYS of the SERVER where DacEasy is
located by about 50 per client using DacEasy.
SHARE.EXE needs to be loaded when an application is
running that requires users to share files on a server.
This program is normally run in the STARTNET.BAT file or
in the AUTOEXEC.BAT file. The /F and /L parameters may
need to be increased to get DacEasy to run across a
network. Please see Fax Document 111 or FYI.P.6003 on
SHARE for more information on how to increase these
parameters.
The following parameters can be used as defaults:
SHARE /F:8000 /L:400
Increase the client tasks for the server by about 10 per
client by issuing the following commands:
a. Type NET
b. Select "Supervise the network."
c. Select "Server configuration."
d. Select the server where DacEasy is physically
located.
e. Increase the "Client tasks" number.
If you follow the above steps, you should not have
problems running DacEasy.
If you do experience problems, please call the DacEasy
technical support line at 1 (214) 248-0205 or 1 (900)
370-2322. The charge is $1.50 per minute on your credit
card if using the 214 line or on your phone bill if using
the 900 line.
If you are experiencing network problems, please call the
NetWare Lite technical support team at 1 (900) 454-5483.
The charge is $2.00 per minute.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Known Documentation Errors
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6001
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Known Documentation Errors
Your manual may contain one or more of the following errors:
Page 7: In the "Log in to NetWare Lite" section, step 3,
"NET LOGIN" should read "NET LOGIN SUPERVISOR."
Pages 36 These pages incorrectly state that the supervisor
and 60: privileges are not required. Supervisor privileges
are required except for a server running on your
own machine.
Page 106: This page incorrectly states that COM1 and COM2 can
be captured using the NET CAPTURE command. Only
LPT1, LPT2, and LPT3 can be captured. However,
network printers can be assigned to COM ports on
servers.
Page 107: This page is missing the "notify" capture setting.
You can specify the notify option using the "N=Y"
or "NOTIFY=Y" option. If set, the server will send
you a message when the print job is done.
Page 149: The discussion of network configuration files is
not needed. The NetWare Lite INSTALL utility
generates the correct NET.CFG file from the options
you select during installation. After
installation, you can edit the NET.CFG file using
any standard ASCII text editor.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Installing WordPerfect 5.x
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6090
DATE: 03JAN92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: FYI.P.6050
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Installing WordPerfect 5.x
This document was created to help you run WordPerfect on a
NetWare Lite server. If you want more than one user to have
access to the WordPerfect program, you must make the following
changes:
***** WARNING *****
If you plan on using WordPerfect on two or more machines, you
must obtain a multiple-copy site license from the WordPerfect
Corporation.
┌──────────────────────────┬───────────────────────────────────
─────────┐
│ FASTPATH STEPS │ DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS
│
├──────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────
─────────┤
│ 1. Type CD C:\WP1 │ 1. It is necessary to be in the
directory │
│ │ where the WordPerfect files are
located.│
│ │ This is usually called c:\wp. To
change│
│ │ to this directory type "cd \wp"
and │
│ │ press <Enter>.
│
├──────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────
─────────┤
│ 2. Type INSTALL │ 2. WordPerfect has an installation
│
│ │ procedure that allows you to
change the │
│ │ machine's configuration. To
access the │
│ │ installation menu, type INSTALL
and │
│ │ press <Enter>.
│
├──────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────
─────────┤
│ 3. Press <Y> to │ 3. Press <Y> to continue with the
│
│ continue. │ installation procedure.
│
├──────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────
─────────┤
│ 4. Press <Y> to │ 4. Because you are installing these
files │
│ install to hard │ for a NetWare Lite server, press
<Y> to │
│ disk │ install to your hard disk drive.
│
│ │
│
│ │ Note: You must have a hard drive
to │
│ │ install your computer as a server
with │
│ │ NetWare Lite.
│
├──────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────
─────────┤
│ 5. At the installation │ 5. Select "3" to perform a
customized │
│ menu, select "3." │ installation onto a network.
│
├──────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────
─────────┤
│ 6. At the Network │ 6. The WP{WP}.ENV file is the file
that │
│ Customization │ lets WordPerfect recognize a
network │
│ Installation Menu, │ environment and allows the
WordPerfect │
│ select "5." │ program files to be shared by
multiple │
│ │ users. To check or create this
file, │
│ │ select "5."
│
├──────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────
─────────┤
│ 7. Press <Y> to create │ 7. If the WP{WP}.ENV file does not
│
│ if necessary. │ already exist, the computer will
prompt │
│ │ you to create it. Press <Y> for
yes. │
│ │
│
│ │ Note: If this file already
exists, │
│ │ the computer will skip this step.
│
├──────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────
─────────┤
│ 8. At the Check WP{WP} │ 8. The Check WP{WP}.ENV File menu
appears │
│ .ENV File Menu, │ and allows you to select the type
of │
│ select "4." │ network environment you will be
using. │
│ │ Because NetWare Lite is not
listed, │
│ │ select "4" for IBM. Secondary
selection│
│ │ if the first does not work is
select "0"│
│ │ for other.
│
│ │
│
│ │ Note: Do NOT select 1 for
Novell │
│ │ NetWare. This will not configure
your │
│ │ machine for NetWare Lite.
│
├──────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────
─────────┤
│ 9. Enter the directory │ 9. At the bottom of the screen, the
│
│ and path for setup. │ computer will prompt you for the
path │
│ │ you want the setup files to be
copied to│
│ │ Normally you would set this path
to the │
│ │ same location of the other
WordPerfect │
│ │ files. If that is correct, type
in that│
│ │ path and press <Enter>. If not,
change │
│ │ it to reflect the desired path.
│
├──────────────────────────┼───────────────────────────────────
─────────┤
│10. Press <F7> to exit │10. Installation is now complete.
Press │
│ installation │ the <F7> function key to exit the
│
│ │ installation menu.
│
└──────────────────────────┴───────────────────────────────────
─────────┘
From now on, when you start WordPerfect, the program will
prompt you to enter a three-letter username. This is to
distinguish one user from another. Each user must go into the
setup <Shift>+<F1> and define the location of their own files.
Each user must specify the drive letter they mapped
WordPerfect to in NetWare Lite for the location of the system
files.
Printing
When a station is setup as both a server and client by
default, the station is configured so that SERVER.EXE is
loaded before CLIENT.EXE. SERVER.EXE may be loaded after
CLIENT.EXE. However, upon loading the server, a warning
message will appear indicating that printing may not function
correctly. To eliminate this warning, simply verify that
server is loaded before client.
When a printer is selected in WordPerfect, an option is
available for specifying whether the printer is on a network
or local. WordPerfect assumes that printers are local unless
otherwise specified. It is fine to select WordPerfect's
default and specify the printer as local. If you choose to
make the printer a network printer, be sure to suppress the
top of form on the last page of the document.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Supported Network Boards
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6089
DATE: 03DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Supported Network Boards (v1.1)
Novell ships drivers on the NetWare Lite installation
diskettes for the following Network Boards:
┌───────────────────────────────────────────┬─────────────┐
│ Network Board Name │ Driver Name │
├───────────────────────────────────────────┼─────────────┤
│*Other boards │ │
│3Com EtherLink II │ 3C503.COM │
│3Com Etherlink/MC │ 3C523.COM │
│**3Com Etherlink/MC TP │ 3C523.COM │
│**3Com Etherlink II TP │ 3C503.COM │
│ │ │
│Artisoft AE-2 Ethernet Adapter │ NE2000.COM │
│IBM PC Network Baseband Adapter │ PCN2L.COM │
│IBM PC Network Baseband Adapter/A │ PCN2L.COM │
│IBM PC Network Baseband Adapter II │ PCN2L.COM │
│IBM PC Network Baseband Adapter II/A │ PCN2L.COM │
│IBM Token-Ring Adapter/A │ TOKEN.COM │
│IBM Token-Ring Network 16/4 Adapter │ TOKEN.COM │
│IBM Token-Ring Network 16/4 Adapter/A │ TOKEN.COM │
│IBM Token-Ring Network Adapter II │ TOKEN.COM │
│Novell/Eagle NE/2 │ NE2.COM │
│Novell/Eagle NE1000 │ NE1000.COM │
│Novell/Eagle NE2000 │ NE2000.COM │
│**Novell/Eagle NE1500T │ NE1500T.COM │
│**Novell/Eagle NE2100 │ NE2100.COM │
│SMC PC130 │ TRXNET.COM │
│SMC PC130E │ TRXNET.COM │
│SMC PS110 │ TRXNET.COM │
│**SMC PC270E │ TRXNET.COM │
│Western Digital EtherCard PLUS Elite │ WDPLUS.COM │
│Western Digital EtherCard PLUS Elite 10T │ WDPLUS.COM │
│Western Digital EtherCard PLUS Elite 16 │ WDPLUS.COM │
│Western Digital EtherCard PLUS Elite 16T │ WDPLUS.COM │
│Western Digital EtherCard PLUS Elite Combo │ WDPLUS.COM │
│ │ │
│**New to NetWare Lite v1.1 │ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────┴─────────────┘
If your network board does not appear in this list, refer to
your hardware documentation to determine if your board is
compatible with a board that is on the list. If you find a
match, you can select the compatible board type during
installation; or consult your reseller for other network
boards supported by Novell-certified DOS ODI drivers.
Also, you may call 1-800-NetWare (638-9273), and ask for
Product Information to request an ODI driver list.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: NetWare Lite v1.1 and OS/2 v2.0
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6107
DATE: 08DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: v1.1
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
NetWare Lite v1.1 and OS/2 v2.0
This is an unsupported setup and configuration, and it is
being presented as a "try at your own risk" solution document.
Running NetWare Lite v1.1 SERVER and CLIENT under OS/2 2.0
Requirement 1:
Getting SERVER and CLIENT to work under OS/2 requires
that the Novell NetWare REQUESTER for OS/2 2.0 be
installed. Besides the Requester, the update for the
Requester called NSD201.ZIP must also be installed on the
OS/2 system.
Requirement 2:
SERVER and CLIENT must be started from a unique DOS
SESSION and environment. The DOS SESSION that SERVER and
CLIENT must be started under has to be run from an image
file; this image file is created from a bootable DOS
diskette. The image file is create by using the OS/2
utility called VMDISK.EXE located in the OS2\MDOS
subdirectory. This DOS diskette should also contain the
following files:
COMMAND.COM -- from the DOS that created the boot disk.
DOSVIPX.SYS -- from the NetWare subdirectory created by
the Requester.
FSFILTER.SYS -- from the OS2\MDOS subdirectory created by
OS/2.
AUTOEXEC.BAT -- set up like shown in EXAMPLE 1.
CONFIG.SYS -- set up like shown in EXAMPLE 2.
Requirement 3:
The DOS SESSION's "DOS settings" should be set up as
follows:
DOS COMMAND SETTING
*1. COM HOLD OFF
*2. DOS_BACKGROUND_EXECUTION ON
*3. DOS_BREAK OFF
*4. DOS_DEVICE empty
5. DOS_FCBS 0
6. DOS_FCBS_KEEP 0
*7. DOS_FILES 40
(Note: OS/2 has problems with DOS_FILES being
greater that 45)
8. DOS_HIGH OFF
9. DOS_LASTDRIVE M
(Note: This must be any letter other than Z, which
is the default.)
*10. DOS_RMSIZE 640
11. DOS_SHELL should be empty
12. DOS_STARTUP_DRIVE C:\DOS.img
(Note: The drive letter and image file name should
be what you called it and where you put the image
file.)
*13. DOS_UMB OFF
*14. DOS_VERSION nothing selected
15. DPMI_DOS_API DISABLED
16. DPMI_MEMORY_LIMIT 0
*17. DPMI_NETWORK_BUFF_SIZE 8
18. EMS_FRAME_LOCATION NONE
19. EMS_HIGH_OS_MAP_REGION 0
20. EMS_LOW_OS_MAP_REGION 0
21. EMS_MEMORY_LIMIT 0
*22. HW_NOSOUND OFF
*23. HW_ROM_TO_RAM OFF
24. HW_TIMER ON
25. IDLE_SECONDS 1
(Note: Must not be zero)
26. IDLE_SENSITIVITY 30
(Note: Must not be much greater than 30 or the CPU
usage will start peaking. Use the PULSE icon to
view OS/2 CPU usage.)
*27. KBD_ALTHOME_BYPASS OFF
*28. KBD_BUFFER_EXTEND ON
*29. KBD_CTRL_BYPASS NONE
*30. KBD_RATE_LOCK OFF
*31. MEM_EXCLUDE_REGIONS empty
(Note: You may need to set this option if your
network board has a memory address that needs to be
excluded.)
*32. MEM_INCLUDE_REGIONS empty
*33. MOUSE_EXCLUSIVE_ACCESS OFF
34. NetWare_RESOURCES NONE
*35. PRINT_TIMEOUT 15
*36. VIDEO_FASTPASTE OFF
*37. VIDEO_MODE_RESTRICTION NONE
*38. VIDEO_ONDEMAND_MEMORY ON
*39. VIDEO_RETRACE_EMULATION ON
*40. VIDEO_ROM_EMULATION ON
*41. VIDEO_SWITCH_NOTIFICATION OFF
*42. VIDEO_WINDOW_REFRESH 1
*43. VIPX_ENABLED
44. XMS_HANDLES 0
45. XMS_MEMORY_LIMIT 0
*46. XMS_MINIMUM_HMA 0
*OS/2 DOS SESSION's default settings
EXAMPLE 1:
The CONFIG.SYS of the DOS SESSION should be as follows:
device=fsfilter.sys
shell=command.com /p /e:512
files=50
buffers=20
device=DOSvipx.sys
lastdrive=m
EXAMPLE 2:
The AUTOEXEC.BAT of the DOS SESSION should be as follows:
prompt $p$g
path c:\drDOS;c:\nwlite;
share
c:
cd\nwlite
server.exe
client.exe
EXAMPLE 3:
The NET.CFG is in the NWLITE subdirectory on the C: drive
if NetWare Lite was set up as a server or client/server.
It would be found on some other drive letter possibly if
NetWare Lite was set up as a client only.
The parameters in the NET.CFG below will not be used in
the OS/2-NetWare Lite set up; however, if other
parameters are needed for NetWare Lite specific
functions, then the following NET.CFG would get used:
# Setup the NE2000 board
Link driver NE2000
INT 5
PORT 300
EXAMPLE 4:
The NET.CFG in the OS/2 2.0 root directory. This is used
by the requester when OS/2 is booting up to set up the
network board and its environment. If network level or
driver level parameters are to be added, then they should
be added to the following NET.CFG file:
Link Driver NE2000
INT 5
PORT 300
Protocol Stack IPX
SOCKETS 100
EXAMPLE 5:
The CONFIG.SYS of the OS/2 2.0 Environment
The section of the NetWare Requester was added by the
Requester installation process.
The lines that have "<<<< NEED CHANGING" by them, should
have the REMARKing change made to them if this is a
NetWare Lite network only. If big NetWare is involved,
then they should be left unREMARKed.
PROTSHELL=D:\OS2\PMSHELL.EXE
SET USER_INI=D:\OS2\OS2.INI
SET SYSTEM_INI=D:\OS2\OS2SYS.INI
SET OS2_SHELL=D:\OS2\CMD.EXE
SET AUTOSTART=PROGRAMS,TASKLIST,FOLDERS
SET RUNWORKPLACE=D:\OS2\PMSHELL.EXE
SET COMSPEC=D:\OS2\CMD.EXE
LIBPATH=.;D:\OS2\DLL;D:\OS2\MDOS;D:\;D:\OS2\APPS\DLL;D:
\NetWare;
SET
PATH=D:\OS2;D:\OS2\SYSTEM;D:\OS2\MDOS\WINOS2;D:\OS2\INS
TALL;
D:\;D:\OS2\MDOS;D:\OS2\APPS;L:\OS2;P:\OS2;D:\NetWare;y:;
SET
DPATH=D:\OS2;D:\OS2\SYSTEM;D:\OS2\MDOS\WINOS2;D:\OS2\IN
STALL;D:\;D:\OS2\BITMAP;D:\OS2\MDOS;D:\OS2\APPS;D:\NetWare;
SET PROMPT=$i[$p]
SET HELP=D:\OS2\HELP;D:\OS2\HELP\TUTORIAL;
SET GLOSSARY=D:\OS2\HELP\GLOSS;
PRIORITY_DISK_IO=YES
FILES=40
DEVICE=D:\OS2\TESTCFG.SYS
DEVICE=D:\OS2\DOS.SYS
DEVICE=D:\OS2\PMDD.SYS
BUFFERS=30
IOPL=YES
DISKCACHE=128,LW
MAXWAIT=3
MEMMAN=SWAP,PROTECT
SWAPPATH=D:\OS2\SYSTEM 4096 6144
BREAK=OFF
THREADS=256
PRINTMONBUFSIZE=134,134,134
COUNTRY=001,D:\OS2\SYSTEM\COUNTRY.SYS
SET KEYS=ON
REM SET DELDIR=C:\DELETE,512;D:\DELETE,512;E:\DELETE,512;
BASEDEV=PRINT01.SYS
BASEDEV=IBM1FLPY.ADD
BASEDEV=IBM1S506.ADD
BASEDEV=OS2DASD.DMD
SET BOOKSHELF=D:\OS2\BOOK
SET EPATH=D:\OS2\APPS
PROTECTONLY=NO
SHELL=D:\OS2\MDOS\COMMAND.COM D:\OS2\MDOS /P
FCBS=16,8
RMSIZE=640
DEVICE=D:\OS2\MDOS\VEMM.SYS
DEVICE=D:\OS2\MDOS\VMOUSE.SYS
DOS=LOW,NOUMB
DEVICE=D:\OS2\MDOS\VDPX.SYS
DEVICE=D:\OS2\MDOS\VXMS.SYS /UMB
DEVICE=D:\OS2\MDOS\VDPMI.SYS
DEVICE=D:\OS2\MDOS\VWIN.SYS
DEVICE=D:\OS2\MDOS\VCDROM.SYS
DEVINFO=SCR,VGA,D:\OS2\VIOTBL.DCP
SET VIDEO_DEVICES=VIO_VGA
SET VIO_VGA=DEVICE(BVHVGA)
DEVICE=D:\OS2\MDOS\VVGA.SYS
DEVICE=D:\OS2\POINTDD.SYS
DEVICE=D:\OS2\MOUSE.SYS SERIAL=COM1
DEVICE=D:\OS2\COM.SYS
DEVICE=D:\OS2\MDOS\VCOM.SYS
CODEPAGE=437,850
DEVINFO=KBD,US,D:\OS2\KEYBOARD.DCP
REM --- NetWare Requester statements BEGIN ---
DEVICE=D:\NetWare\LSL.SYS
RUN=D:\NetWare\DDAEMON.EXE
DEVICE=D:\NetWare\NE2000.SYS
DEVICE=D:\NetWare\IPX.SYS
DEVICE=D:\NetWare\SPX.SYS
RUN=D:\NetWare\SPDAEMON.EXE
REM DEVICE=D:\NetWare\NWREQ.SYS <<<< NEED
CHANGING
REM IFS=D:\NetWare\NWIFS.IFS <<<< NEED
CHANGING
REM RUN=D:\NetWare\NWDAEMON.EXE <<<< NEED
CHANGING
rem DEVICE=D:\NetWare\NETBIOS.SYS
rem RUN=D:\NetWare\NBDAEMON.EXE
DEVICE=D:\NetWare\VIPX.SYS
REM DEVICE=D:\NetWare\VSHELL.SYS <<<< NEED
CHANGING REM --- NetWare Requester statements END ---
Note: The setup and settings listed above is one way that the
NetWare Lite v1.1 and OS/2 2.0 have worked together. These
settings may be adjusted further for better optimization
depending on the system configuration being used.
If the NetWare Lite SERVER.EXE is run as shown in example 2
above, this may cause a multiple NetWare Lite server
environment to be slower in responding during LOGINs, MAPs,
CAPTUREs, and other similar circumstances because the NetWare
Lite server under OS/2 is on a time slice. This means that
when a NetWare Lite command is executed, other NetWare Lite
servers may need to respond and the whole network may have to
wait for the NetWare Lite server running under OS/2 to
respond.
If only the NetWare Lite CLIENT.EXE is run, there should be no
network slow down because this would only be a client machine
accessing other servers on the network eliminating the slow
down of clients accessing it as a server.
This does not provide GLOBAL support to the OS/2 sessions; or
in other words, a NetWare Lite v1.1 mapped drive letter in the
above discussed DOS SESSION does not show up as an available
drive in an OS/2 session.
If an ARCnet, Token-Ring, or other network boards that occupy
a memory address are used, then the MEM_EXCLUDE_REGIONS
setting under the OS/2 DOS SESSION settings must include that
memory area.
A little known fact is that many EGA and VGA boards use
Interrupt line 2; therefore, machines with these video boards
should set up the network board with an interrupt other than
2.
PORT addresses in all network boards should be 300 or greater.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Network Applications
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6011
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Network Applications
Installing applications on NetWare Lite may be different from
installing applications on NetWare. NetWare is, as you know,
a very popular LAN. Many applications have NetWare specific
installation options. These installation options do not apply
to NetWare Lite networks. NetWare Lite is a DOS peer-to-peer
network. If the application being installed has network
specific installations, then "Other networks..," "DOS
peer-to-peer network," or the like should be selected. Do not
select NetWare or Novell installation options. See Appendix
B in the NetWare Lite documentation for more details about
using NetWare Lite with NetWare.
In general, some consideration should be given when installing
applications. If the application requires configuration
information at the time it is installed, then consideration
should be given to which CLIENTs (machines) will use the
application.
Example: Suppose application TESTAPP.EXE is being
installed and it prompts for the monitor type that will
be used with this application. Suppose that the machine
you are on has a VGA screen but no other machines on the
network have VGA screens. If you were to select VGA then
when this application is run from across the network from
an CGA screen, it may not function properly.
Novell has no specific guidelines on this subject, as a
general solution may not be possible. This is a general
problem with configurations of applications on a network.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Supported Network Boards
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6015
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Supported Network Boards
Novell ships drivers on the NetWare Lite installation
diskettes for the following network boards:
┌───────────────────────────────────────────┬────────────────┐
│ NETWORK BOARD NAME │ DRIVER NAME
│
├───────────────────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│*Other boards │
│
│3Com EtherLink II │ 3C503.COM
│
│3Com EtherLink/MC │ 3C523.COM
│
│Artisoft AE-2 Ethernet Adapter │ NE2000.COM
│
│IBM PC Network Baseband Adapter │ PCN2L.COM
│
│IBM PC Network Baseband Adapter/A │ PCN2L.COM
│
│IBM PC Network Baseband AdapterII │ PCN2L.COM
│
│IBM PC Network Baseband Adapter II/A │ PCN2L.COM
│
│IBM Token-Ring Adapter/A │ TOKEN.COM
│
│IBM Token-Ring Network 16/4 Adapter │ TOKEN.COM
│
│IBM Token-Ring Network 16/4 Adapter/A │ TOKEN.COM
│
│IBM Token-Ring Network Adapter II │ TOKEN.COM
│
│Novell/Eagle NE/2 │ NE2.COM
│
│Novell/Eagle NE1000 │ NE1000.COM
│
│Novell/Eagle NE2000 │ NE2000.COM
│
│SMC PC130 │ TRXNET.COM
│
│SMC PC130E │ TRXNET.COM
│
│SMC PS110 │ TRXNET.COM
│
│Western Digital EtherCard PLUS Elite │ WDPLUS.COM
│
│Western Digital EtherCard PLUS Elite 10T │ WDPLUS.COM
│
│Western Digital EtherCard PLUS Elite 16 │ WDPLUS.COM
│
│Western Digital EtherCard PLUS Elite 16T │ WDPLUS.COM
│
│Western Digital EtherCard PLUS Elite Combo │ WDPLUS.COM
│
└───────────────────────────────────────────┴────────────────┘
If your network board does not appear in this list, refer to
your hardware documentation to determine if your board is
compatible with a board that is on the list. If you find a
match, you can select the compatible board type during
installation.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Selecting "Other" Board Driver During
Installation
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6091
DATE: 01DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: FYI.P.6016
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Selecting "Other" Board Driver During Installation
Novell ships drivers on the NetWare Lite installation
diskettes for the following network board.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────┬───────────────┐
│ NETWORK BOARD NAME │ DRIVER NAME │
├───────────────────────────────────────────┼───────────────┤
│*OTHER BOARDS │ │
│3Com EtherLink II │ 3C503.COM │
│3Com EtherLink/MC │ 3C523.COM │
│Artisoft AE-2 Ethernet Adapter │ NE2000.COM │
│IBM PC Network Baseband Adapter │ PCN2L.COM │
│IBM PC Network Baseband Adapter/A │ PCN2L.COM │
│IBM PC Network Baseband AdapterII │ PCN2L.COM │
│IBM PC Network Baseband Adapter II/A │ PCN2L.COM │
│IBM Token-Ring Adapter/A │ TOKEN.COM │
│IBM Token-Ring Network 16/4 Adapter │ TOKEN.COM │
│IBM Token-Ring Network 16/4 Adapter/A │ TOKEN.COM │
│IBM Token-Ring Network Adapter II │ TOKEN.COM │
│Novell/Eagle NE/2 │ NE2.COM │
│Novell/Eagle NE1000 │ NE1000.COM │
│Novell/Eagle NE2000 │ NE2000.COM │
│SMC PC130 │ TRXNET.COM │
│SMC PC130E │ TRXNET.COM │
│SMC PS110 │ TRXNET.COM │
│Western Digital EtherCard PLUS Elite │ WDPLUS.COM │
│Western Digital EtherCard PLUS Elite 10T │ WDPLUS.COM │
│Western Digital EtherCard PLUS Elite 16 │ WDPLUS.COM │
│Western Digital EtherCard PLUS Elite 16T │ WDPLUS.COM │
│Western Digital EtherCard PLUS Elite Combo │ WDPLUS.COM │
└───────────────────────────────────────────┴───────────────┘
If your network board does not appear in this list, refer to
your hardware documentation to determine if your board is
compatible with a board that is on the list. If you find a
match, you can select the compatible board type to complete
the installation. If your board is not compatible with any of
the boards listed, you will have to use the board driver
supplied with the board or provide your own board driver. Any
board drivers not supplied on the installation diskettes are
considered to be "other" board drivers. Unfortunately, the
installation program fails to complete properly if "other" is
selected during installation. To install NetWare Lite with
your "other" board driver, complete the following steps:
Note: See Fax Document 156 or FYI.P.6089 for drivers added to
NetWare Lite v1.1.
1. Make backup copies of the original "program" and "driver"
diskettes. If you have a 720 KB or 1.2 MB floppy drive,
you can copy both original diskettes onto one backup
diskette.
2. Copy your board driver onto the backup diskette. If you
made a separate backup diskette of the "program" and
"driver" diskettes, you must copy the board driver to the
"driver" backup diskette.
3. Begin the installation program as you normal; however,
use each backup diskette instead of the original.
4. When prompted to select a network board, verify that
"other" is highlighted and press <Enter>. (This is in
the INSTALL step 3.)
5. When prompted to insert the diskette that contains your
board driver, simply press <Esc>. Other Driver List
should come up with the name of your driver now in the
list.
NOTE: The "OTHER" selection will only work if your driver
has a .COM extension.
6. Use the arrow keys to highlight the name of your board
driver and press <Enter>.
7. Continue following the installation program prompts until
the program completes.
8. When the installation program completes, press <Esc> to
exit.
If you installed the board with nondefault settings, you
will need to create a configuration file to inform IPX.
The configuration file is named NET.CFG and should be
located in the same directory as the other NetWare Lite
program files. The NET.CFG created by NetWare Lite has
the following format. Refer to your hardware
documentation for information on setting up your board
and what to include in NET.CFG.
# Setup the NE2000 board
Link driver NE2000
INT 3
PORT 300
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Before Begining Installation
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6018
DATE: 01DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Before Begining Installation
NetWare Lite is designed to allow multiple computers (nodes)
in a physical LAN segment (network) to share resources like
printers and disk space. Computers that make resources
available to the network are called servers. Computers that
access resources are called clients. In NetWare Lite's
peer-to-peer environment, almost any computer on the network
can be a server, a client, or both. The only limitation is
that a server must have a hard disk. However, there are other
things to consider when deciding which computers will be
servers, clients, or both. Before you begin installing
NetWare Lite, take a few minutes to consider the following:
■ Which computers have printers, applications, or data that
need to be shared?
■ How big or fast are the hard disks and CPUs in the
computers that will be part of the network?
■ Where will the computers and printers be located? Are
they close enough together for the cabling system that
you plan to use?
■ What kind of network board will you use?
■ Can one of the computers be made a dedicated server to
increase network performance?
■ Will any of the computers be connected to another network
at the same time?
■ Which computers can be made physically secure?
■ How sensitive will information on this network be?
■ Who will be responsible for network administration?
All of these items will effect whether you decide to make a
computer a server, a client, or both. In general, the
machines with the fastest hard disk/CPU combinations should be
made servers. Installing applications on the computer with
the greatest disk capacity will facilitate centralized
administration and maintenance but may not be the best choice
from a performance standpoint.
Example:
Suppose everyone on the network uses the same word
processor that is installed on computer A, but only one
person uses the spreadsheet application managing a large
database. Because the spreadsheet application can demand
large amounts of processing capacity, it would probably
be better to install the spreadsheet and database on a
server other than computer A. That way the spreadsheet
and word processor will not have to compete for
processing time.
A major consideration in setting up any network is what type
of cabling system (topology) will be used. The most important
factor is distance between computers. Another factor is how
cabling can be routed through your office or building. There
are several widely used systems to choose from, each with its
own advantages and disadvantages. For information on cabling
and other hardware issues see the series of fax documents on
"Hardware."
If there is only one server in your network or a particular
server does not require access to other servers' resources,
then you should consider making it a dedicated server. See
the fax document "Dedicated Servers" for more information on
setting up a dedicated server.
For information on installing NetWare Lite in a preexisting
network, see the series of fax documents on "NetWare and
NetWare Lite."
Security requirements will also determine which computers
should be servers/clients. NetWare Lite provides three levels
of security to protect your sensitive data. However, it is
best to physically protect computers containing sensitive
material as well. This may mean having to place such
computers behind locked doors.
How your network is administered will contribute significantly
to user satisfaction. NetWare Lite greatly simplifies network
administration by decentralizing the databases used to keep
track of items such as who can log in or who has privileges to
what. A major feature of NetWare Lite is the ability to
administer the network from any computer on the network. This
means that each person who administers the network does not
have to use "the server" to perform administrative tasks. For
more information on administration and security, see the
series of fax documents on "Network Administration."
To access the fax document system, do the following:
1. Call 1-800-NET-WARE
2. Press the * key during the initial recording. The
computer will then switch over to the FAX system and
prompt for some information.
3. When it prompts for the FAX document number, type 100.
After hanging up, the computer will call up your fax machine
and send you each document requested.
Note: Document 100 is an index to other documents available
on the fax system.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Running a Dedicated Server
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6036
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Running a Dedicated Server
Network performance can be improved by running servers as
dedicated. A dedicated server is one that does not run
simultaneously as a client. Also, the less the server is used
as a workstation the better it will perform as a server.
Performance may be further enhanced by running the auxiliary
utility DEDICATE.COM found in the C:\NWLITE directory.
If DEDICATE.COM is not in the NWLITE directory, it can be
copied from the original (or backup) product installation
disk. Load DEDICATE after loading SERVER. This can be
accomplished by typing DEDICATE at the DOS command prompt if
C:\NWLITE is in your PATH or typing C:\NWLITE\DEDICATE if it
is not. Adding this command to the STARTNET.BAT file will
load DEDICATE every time you bring up the server.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: SERVER Only Instead of SERVER and CLIENT
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6004
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
SERVER Only Instead of SERVER and CLIENT
NetWare Lite is designed to allow multiple computers (nodes)
in a physical LAN segment (network) to share resources like
printers and disk space. Computers that make resources
available to the network are called servers. Computers that
access resources are called clients.
If a particular server does not require access to other
servers' resources, then you should consider making it a
server only. A server that does not run simultaneously as a
client is called a "dedicated" server. Network performance
can be improved by running servers as dedicated. Also, the
less the server is used as a workstation, the better it will
perform as a server.
Note that a workstation must be running as a client to use the
NET utility, which is the interface for managing the network.
This means that a computer that is configured as a server-only
must be managed from another network workstation that is a
client. See Fax Document 231 or FYI.P.6018 for more
information on deciding how to set up your network.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Assisting Floppy Based Clients
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6017
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Assisting Floppy Based Clients
If there are workstations on the network that do not have hard
disks, Novell suggests that NetWork Directories be set up to
help those workstations. A DOS shared Network Directory
should be created so that workstations with no hard disks can
load DOS commands from the network. A Network Directory
sharing IBM DOS v3.10 (named IBM_DOS_310 perhaps) would be
useful for those CLIENTs with only floppy drives to get to
their version of DOS. In conjunction with this, the DOS
environment variable COMSPEC should be set to allow you to
load COMMAND.COM from across the network.
For example, the following lines could be included in an
AUTOEXEC.BAT or STARTNET.BAT file:
NET MAP F: IBM_DOS_310
SET COMSPEC=F:\COMMAND.COM
In addition, workstations that only have floppy drives can be
assisted by creating a Network Directory where the NetWare
Lite utility (NET.EXE, NET.OVL, NET.HLP and LITE$RUN.OVL) can
be loaded; instead of always loading them from the floppy.
Novell suggests that a Network Directory called NWLITE be
created. This directory should be a SERVERs C:\NWLITE
directory. Novell also suggests that this Network Directory
be given default rights of READ and not the default of ALL.
All floppy-only CLIENTs should map a drive to this resource
and add the drive to their DOS path. This will allow the
loading of the NET utility from across the network, which is
a much better solution than loading from floppy.
For example, the following lines could be included in an
AUTOEXEC.BAT or STARTNET.BAT file:
NET MAP M: NWLITE
PATH=M:.;%PATH%
If you want to run the CLIENT from a floppy drive and have
that diskette be the boot diskette, the following
configuration is suggested. (Where ever NE2000.COM appears,
replace it with the appropriate driver name you are using.
Also, the drive letters L: and M: are simply used as examples;
you may use any other valid driver letters. Drive M: is
mapped to the Network Directory NWLITE as described above.
Similarly, Drive L: is mapped to the Network Directory
IBM_DOS_310 as described above.)
1. Create a bootable diskette using the FORMAT A: /S
command.
2. Copy the following NetWare Lite files to the diskette:
LSL.COM
NE2000.COM
IPXODI.COM
CLIENT.EXE
NET.EXE
NET.CFG
3. Create an AUTOEXEC.BAT with the following lines added to
it:
LSL
NE2000
IPXODI A
CLIENT
NET LOGIN
NET MAP L: IBM_DOS_310
NET MAP M: NWLITE
PATH=L:\;M:\;%PATH%
SET COMSPEC=L:\COMMAND.COM
4. Create an CONFIG.SYS with the following line added to it:
LASTDRIVE=M
For those Network Directories that contain applications
(executables), the drives used to map to these
applications should be included in the DOS environment
variable PATH. For example, the following lines could
also be included in an AUTOEXEC.BAT or STARTNET.BAT file:
NET MAP G: TURBOC
NET MAP H: WORDPERFECT
NET MAP I: GAMES
SET PATH=G:\BIN;H:.;I:\TETRIS;%PATH
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: SHARE.EXE: Status Report 5
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6003
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
SHARE.EXE: Status Report 5
When loading the server, you may get "Status Report 5," which
talks about SHARE.EXE not being loaded when the SERVER.EXE was
executed. SHARE.EXE is a program that comes with DOS 3.1 or
above. SHARE is the mechanism that allows files to be
accessed simultaneously from multiple clients.
If you get a "Status Report 5" message, you do not have
SHARE.EXE in your PATH. Add the appropriate directory to your
PATH (where SHARE.EXE is located), or copy SHARE.EXE to the
directory where NetWare Lite is installed.
Although loading SHARE is not required for the server to run,
it is strongly recommended. SHARE should be loaded before
SERVER. SHARE should be tuned for proper performance. You
may need to increase the values for locks (/L) and files (/F)
if you run database applications or if you have more than four
users accessing the server. See your DOS documentation for
more information on configuring SHARE. You do not need to
load SHARE before loading CLIENT.
When you increase the number of files that can be locked at
one time (example, by increasing the /L: above the default of
20), you must also increase the amount of file space in the
operating system's storage area by increasing the /F: above
the default of 2048. Generally, each open file requires an
additional 20 bytes of storage space. See your DOS
documentation for more information.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Printing (Possible Solutions) NetWare Lite
v1.1
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6108
DATE: 07DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Printing (Possible Solutions) NetWare Lite v1.1
Before going any further, if you have not applied patches for
NetWare Lite v1.1, please get Fax Document 265 or FYI.P.6115,
read it, and acquire the most current applicable patch file.
***** WARNING *****
The following information is about printing problems you may
come across. Though every effort is made to confirm these
solutions, they may not work in every case. With the variety
of possible causes of print problems, Novell cautions you to
make a backup of your data before trying any of these
suggestions. Also, all information is about NetWare Lite v1.1
only. If you have not already done so, please upgrade to
NetWare Lite v1.1.
If you have already upgraded from NetWare Lite v1.0 to v1.1
and are having printing problems, a possible solution is to
physically delete the network printer files and network
printer definition and recreate the definition using NetWare
Lite v1.1.
Do the following steps to make the necessary changes:
1. Go to DOS and make sure that you are on your C: drive.
2. Change to the NWLITE directory by typing CD\NWLITE
3. Change to a hidden directory called NLCNTL by typing CD
NLCNTL
4. There will be a directory for each printer on your
machine. Delete the contents of the directory, and then
delete the directory. (The name of the directory may be
SLPT1, SLPT2, SLPT3, SCOM1 or SCOM2.)
The following are examples of how to delete the files and
directories:
Using DR DOS 6.0: XDEL SLPT1 /RSD
Using MS-DOS 5.0: DEL SLPT1\*.*
RD SLPT1
Note: Do not delete any files in the NLCNTL
directory. Only delete the files in the
directories for the printers as outlined
above.
5. Change back to the NWLITE directory by typing CD..
6. Type NET
7. Go to "Supervise the Network," then to "Network
Printers."
8. Delete your network printer.
9. Recreate your network printer. (See the printer setup
below)
10. Exit the NET UTILITY.
Note: You may set Capture settings under Network
Printers, if you wish, before Exiting or continue
with step 11 below.
11. Capture your network printer.
12. Print a file from DOS with the network loaded
(COPY C:\AUTOEXEC.BAT LPT1).
13. Print a file from your application.
Printer Setup
If you are having printing problems, Novell presumes that the
Network Printers are not setup properly. Because this has
been the source of some confusion, it is necessary to check
this information first. To do so with the Network running
(server loaded and supervisor logged in), do the following:
1. Type NET
2. Select "Supervise the Network,"
3. Select "Network printers."
4. If a printer does not exist, do the following:
a. Press the <Insert> key, and a list of existing
servers will come up.
b. Select the server where the printer is physically
located.
c. Enter a printer name. (Novell recommends using a
name that will identify the printer such as
HP_LASERJET_III.)
5. Then select a port to which the printer is connected.
6. The next screen shows default information for the
printer. At this point you can press <F1> for
information and details of each option.
7. You may now escape out of NET (press <Esc> several times
until an EXIT message comes up); EXIT; and reboot your
server.
After you are back up and running, you can issue your NET
CAPTURE statement to specify the port and printer name and any
other valid capture parameters. (See the NetWare Lite manual
for details on NET CAPTURE; or at the DOS prompt, type NET
CAPTURE ? for help information. Additional printing
information can be found in Fax Document 240 or FYI.P.6025.)
Questions and Answers
Q1. How do I eliminate the banner page at the beginning of
each print job?
A1. The Banner default is set to Y(yes). Eliminate the
banner by putting the following command in your Net
Capture statement:
b=n
Q2. Each print job ejects a blank page when it finishes. Can
I eliminate this wasted page?
A2. Yes. The formfeed default is set to y(yes). Turn it off
by putting the following command in the Net Capture
statement:
f=n
Q3. Can I capture to a printer on my Client only machine?
A3. No. You can only capture to a Server or Server-Client.
Q4. I have two people sending print jobs at the same time.
When the files print they get mixed up. Some of each job
prints are on the same page. How can I prevent this?
A4. Make sure you are not printing directly to the printer
port. The default is NO; however, it can be set to d=y.
When the default is set to yes, it sends the print job as
soon as it gets it in the buffer and does not wait until
the entire job is buffered. This first portion may print
out, and then SERVER has to wait for the rest of the job.
A second job sent directly may print part of its job and
start mixing the two together. The jobs in turn wait for
the rest of the print job from the sending application
but continue mixing up the printing. If this is seen, do
not use d=y.
Q5. How come my printing comes out with just a few lines per
page?
A5. This can be caused from too small of a buffer size or
wait time specification or both.
■ First, increase the w=xx parameter in Net Capture.
The default is 10. However, if the print job is
large or has many printing codes, graphics or
postscript, the system may need more time to send
the job to the buffer before the "Wait time" is
exceeded and assumes that the last of the job has
been sent and issues an end of file to close the
job. If this happens, you may see the job split up
into several jobs in the NET utility.
■ Second the print buffer may need to be increased by
doing the following:
1. Go into NET.
2. Select "Supervise the network."
3. Select "Server Configuration."
4. Select your SERVER.
5. Increase the Print buffer size in the Future
column.
6. Press <Esc> until you get the command line
prompt.
7. Reboot the system for the changes to take
effect.
Note: Do not use d=y and w=0. If you set w=0, it
will rely on the application to close the file. If
it does not, then no printing will occur and the
print job will remain open until it is closed
explicitly. You will need to do this manually by
sending a ^L to the port. (Hold down the <Ctrl>
key and press <L> key)
Example: ECHO ^L >lpt1
Q6. When sending a print job, only a few pages print out,
then the printer stops, and then machine with the printer
attached to it locks. What can I do to prevent this?
A6. First check the WAIT parameter. Try increasing w=xx in
NET CAPTURE. Also check for the presence of Caching
utilities. Make sure only one is loaded. Two caching
utilities loaded at the same time will conflict with each
other and cause unpredictable results. If the problem
persists, remove all caching and any TSRs loaded, other
than the NetWare Lite files.
Q7. I have just run the UPGRADE utility to NetWare v1.1.
Now, print jobs are okay for the first page or two; then
it prints just a few characters per page until the job is
finished. Increasing the WAIT time and print buffer size
does not help. What can I do?
A7. Do the following to solve the problem:
1. Go to NET.
2. Select "Supervise Network."
3. Select "Network Printer."
4. Check the Characters per second.
5. If it is set at 0, change it to 16384, which is the
default.
Q8. The system sent a message displaying "Printer off line"
or "Printer out of paper;" however, neither case is true.
There is plenty paper, and it may continue printing
without problem. How can I resolve this issue?
A8. Increase the Error wait time by 10 to 15 seconds by doing
the following:
1. Go to NET.
2. Select "Supervise Network."
3. Select "Network Printer."
4. Add 10 to 15 seconds to the current Error wait
time.
Q9. The server locks up intermittently when printing or the
print job just disappears without printing. What can I
do to prevent this?
A9. Make sure there are no hardware conflicts. If using
LPT1, do not use a network board set at I/O address of
360. The size of the address overlaps with the LPT1 port
address of 378. If you use LPT2, do not use interrupt 5.
See Fax Document 212 or FYI.P.6054 for more information
on resolving I/O and IRQ conflicts.
Q10. What is a typical value to set for "Characters per
second"?
A10. Normally, the default of 16384 is sufficient. If it is
set high, then DOS will be interrupted more often to
retrieve characters from the print buffer. If the
printer is a serial printer or a slow machine, increasing
this parameter may not affect the speed of the printer;
however, it can affect the DOS foreground process. A
good rule of thumb for setting "Characters per second"
for serial printers is the printer baud rate divided by
10.
Example: 9600 baud / 10 = 960.
This parameter is a value you may need to experiment with
and do some fine tuning.
Q11. I have several applications from which I print different
types of files. Most applications are okay but a few of
them print odd formats, ASCII type characters, or just
plain garbage. What can I do to resolve this problem?
A11. Make sure the NetWare Lite v1.1 patches are installed as
specified at the beginning of this document. CLPRNTR.PAT
is the patch that will most likely be needed.
Q12. When I print from my Client to a printer attached to my
Server-Client, it prints just fine. However, if I print
from my Server-Client to the same printer, the data is
corrupted and sometimes the Server-Client machine locks.
I also have noticed many lost clusters on my hard drive
and sometimes problems with the drives File Allocation
Table (FAT) table. What causes this and how can I solve
it?
A12. This is a known problem relating to NetWare Lite. Use
INT28FIX.PAT. See the patch information at beginning of
this document for explanation.
Q13. My application is setup to output to a COM port. How can
I CAPTURE the port and send the print job to a printer on
my server?
A13. NetWare Lite will not CAPTURE to a COM ports. If the
application is hard coded to print to a COM port, you
will need to work that out with the application
manufacture. If the application configuration can be
changed to output to an LPT port, then do so and CAPTURE
the LPT port. This may be the problem if you get
redirect errors.
Example: If printer LaserJet is attached to the server
and the CAPTURE command is executed from a
client, the following will occur:
Net Capture COM1 Laserjet (Will not work)
Net Capture LPT1 Laserjet (Will capture the
LPT1 port of the
client and end the
print job to the
Laserjet attached to
the server machine)
Q14. I run NetWare Lite and Windows and other various
applications. When I send a print job from the
application, it will go on hold until I exit out of
Windows. Then it prints without flaws. What causes it
to hold until I exit Windows?
A14. First, check the Windows SYSTEM.INI file in the [shell]
section. If the application is listed there, remove it
from this area and try again.
Second, see Fax Document 204 or FYI.P.6095 for possible
solutions.
Q15. All print jobs are printing extremely slow.
A15. First, try printing from DOS without any NetWare Lite
files loaded.
In most cases, the slow down is related to bad or
conflicting hardware. Check for the use of any A-B
switches or multiplexor hardware connected to the port.
If any of these items is in use, remove it and try
printing.
If it is still slow, the problem may be that the port
itself is bad.
If it prints fine without NetWare Lite but as soon as
Lite is loaded the slow down occurs, you may need to
adjust the print buffer size and try fine tuning the
"Characters per second" parameter.
Q16. When I try printing, the system displays an error 5
(access denied). Sometimes, the message displayed says
"error writing to disk, there may not be enough space on
the disk (disk full messages)" even though the disk has
several megabytes available.
A16. The software used may be calling for the attributes of a
device and getting the wrong information from NetWare
Lite. Use OPENDEV.PAT from the previous mentioned
patches.
Q17. Can I set up my printer on my Server-Client machine as a
NetWare Lite printer and print to it using Net Capture as
well as use it as a DOS printer?
A17. No. If the printer is set up in the NET utility as a
Network printer and Server is loaded, then NetWare Lite
has control of the printer; and it is no longer available
to DOS. Be sure to NET CAPTURE the port first, then you
may print to it. If you print directly to the printer
without capturing, you may corrupt the print job.
Q18. Can I NET CAPTURE a nonexistent port such as LPT2 so I
can use LPT1 for DOS printing.
A18. Yes, provided your machine is not a Server as was covered
in the previous question.
EXAMPLE: Net Capture lpt2 Laser
(If LPT2 does not exist and applications send their
print output to the LPT2 port, the print job will
be redirected to printer Laser that is attached to
a Server machine, and LPT1 will be free for DOS
use.)
Q19. I can have Net Capture loaded but cannot do a print
screen or redirect an ASCII file to the LPT port. Also,
some applications do print okay while others do not.
What causes this?
A19. This may happen if the printer can be set to different
print modes.
Example: a HP Laserjet IIIsi can be set to PCL or
Postscript mode.
If the previous mentioned problems occur, check the
printer and make sure it is not set to Postscript. The
reason some applications work is that they may have been
sending Postscript print jobs. If you are sending
Postscript, make sure the NET CAPTURE contains the
following parameters.
■b=n(no banner)
■t=0(no tabs)
■f=n(no formfeed)
■s=default (the default setup string should not
have any values when used for postscript printing)
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Windows 3.1 Compatibility
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6061
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Windows 3.1 Compatibility
Installing a Stand Alone version of Windows on a NetWare Lite
Network:
If you are upgrading from a previous version of Windows to
Windows 3.1, Novell recommends that you delete the previous
version of Windows from your hard drive before you begin
installing Windows 3.1. This is recommended because Windows
3.1 handles many of the settings in the initialization files
(*.INI) differently than before and will not always convert
these parameters to the new format.
Follow the regular installation procedures to install Windows
3.1 as a stand alone version. To be able to access network
resources, run the setup program and select "Microsoft Network
(or 100% Compatible)" as the network.
For more information on running Windows 3.1 on a NetWare Lite
network, refer to the "Tips for Running Windows 3.1" section
of this document.
Installing a Network Version of Windows 3.1 on a NetWare Lite
server:
The following is intended for users who want to install
windows in shared mode. Please refer to the Getting Started
with Microsoft Windows booklet, pages 6 to 12.
1. Select the server on which you want Windows to reside
physically. Note: Approximately 16 MB of hard disk
space must be available on the server to install a
shareable copy of Windows 3.1.
2. Insert the Windows DISK 1 in the disk drive, and go to
that drive (Example a: <Enter>).
3. Type SETUP /A. When Windows asks for the path to which
it should install, enter C:\WIN31. (If this directory
does not exist, Windows will create it for you.)
As you follow the prompts, a shareable copy of Windows
will be installed on the server.
Note: This will not create an executable copy of
Windows. It merely creates a location where clients can
pull the executable programs from after they have been
set up (See steps for clients, below).
After the shared copy of Windows has been installed, the
following steps must be taken to properly configure the
network software on the server.
4. Enter the NetWare Lite menu utility, by typing NET and
pressing <Enter>. Then select "Supervise the network"
and then "Network directories." Create a network
directory by pressing the <Insert> key. Select the
server where the WIN31 directory is located, type a name
for the network directory, then enter the path as
C:\WIN31. Press <Esc> to exit and save the changes.
5. Enter the NET menu utility. Select "Supervise the
Network." Select "Server Configuration." The CLIENT
TASKS option defaults to 10 at the time of NetWare Lite
installation. Increase CLIENT TASKS=XX by 15 per machine
connected.
6. When NetWare Lite is installed, the FILES=xx in the
CONFIG.SYS file is set to be at least 30. This needs to
be increased on the server by 20 per machine connected.
7. After you have performed these steps for the server,
reboot the computer.
The Following Steps are for the Client:
There are three ways to install Windows from the shared copy
installed on the server, from the steps above. Please refer
to page 7 in the Getting Started with Microsoft Windows
for a further explanation of the three methods.
The three ways are the following:
1. Copy all files to the Client machine's hard drive.
a. Load NetWare Lite by typing STARTNET. Map a drive
to WIN31 by typing the following and pressing
<Enter>:
Net Map I: WIN31
b. Change to the I: drive by typing I: and pressing
<Enter>.
c. Type SETUP, and press <Enter>. Follow the prompts
to install a copy of Windows to your local drive.
When prompted to either run an Express Setup or a
Custom Setup, choose Custom. This allows you to
preview the changes that are being made to the
different files on your computer. Refer to Windows
documentation for questions regarding the
installation.
You will now run Windows from your local drive, not from
the I: drive. Verify that the path on your local drive
that you selected in SETUP is in your AUTOEXEC.BAT file
because you will need this to run Windows.
2. Custom configuration files are copied to the Client
machine's hard drive. All other files will be run from
the shared copy installed on the server in the steps
above.
a. Load NetWare Lite by typing STARTNET. Map a drive
to WIN31 by typing the following and pressing
<Enter>:
Net Map I: WIN31
b. Create a subdirectory on the Client's hard drive in
which to put the custom files
Example: Type MD C:\DAVE, and press <Enter>
c. Go to the network drive containing the Windows
files, by typing I: and pressing <Enter>:
d. Type SETUP/N, then follow the Windows installation
instructions. When prompted to either run an
Express Setup or a Custom Setup, choose Custom.
This allows you to preview the changes that are
being made to the different files on your computer.
Note: At the prompt for the path of the Windows
files, enter the subdirectory that you created in
step 2b (Example: C:\DAVE). Also, at the
configuration screen, select the "Microsoft Network
(or 100% Compatible)" Network option.
e. When Windows prompts you, choose to review and edit
the changes in the AUTOEXEC.BAT file. Verify that
your user subdirectory (C:\DAVE) and I: drive have
both been added to your PATH statement.
f. Follow the prompts to continue the installation of
Windows. Note: When prompted to install printers,
select and install any printers you have connected.
Make sure they are specified as connected to port
LPT1.DOS, or LPT2.DOS, instead of the normal LPT1
and LPT2 ports. (See Question 3 at the end of this
document.) When installation is complete, exit to
DOS and reboot the machine. When you reboot the
machine, DOS will give you a message similar to the
following (the message differs depending on the
version of DOS you are using):
┌───────────────────────────────────┐
│Search path contains invalid drive.│
└───────────────────────────────────┘
This message will occur any time you run a program
and DOS searches your path. It does this because
Windows inserted the I: drive into your path when
it was installed. When the machine is first
booted, the I: drive has not been mapped yet, so
NetWare Lite is unable to locate it. Just ignore
the message. When you map the I: drive to WIN31,
the message will no longer be valid. If you want
the error message to disappear, append I: to the
end of the path after mapping the network drive or
insert the following message into your AUTOEXEC.BAT
file before the path statement:
C:\DRDOS\SUBST I: C: (or type c:\name of DOS
directory\SUBST I: C:)
This line will make the I: drive temporarily look
at the C: drive; thereby, making it a valid
statement in the path. As soon as your map command
executes, the I: drive will be redirected to a
network directory.
After you reboot, load the network by typing
STARTNET. Then, once you have performed your drive
mappings and printer captures, you can type WIN to
enter Windows.
3. No files will be stored on the Client machine's hard
drive. Instead, the custom configuration files will be
stored in a subdirectory on a network server and all
other files will be run from the shared copy of Windows
installed on the server in the steps above.
a. Load NetWare Lite by typing STARTNET. Map a drive
to WIN31 by typing the following and pressing
<Enter>:
Net Map I: WIN31
b. Create a subdirectory on the Server's hard drive in
which to put the custom files by typing something
such as the following and pressing <Enter>:
MD C:\STEVE
c. Create a network directory that looks at the user's
subdirectory.
Enter the NetWare Lite menu utility by typing NET
and pressing <Enter>. Then select "Supervise the
network," then "Network directories." Create a
network directory by pressing the <Insert> key.
Select the server on which you want to store your
custom files, then enter the path of the
subdirectory you created in step b, such as
C:\STEVE.
d. Map a drive to this network directory by typing the
following and pressing <Enter>:
NET MAP G: STEVE
e. Go to the network drive containing the Windows
files by typing I: and pressing <Enter>:
f. Type SETUP/N, then follow the Windows installation
instructions. When prompted to either run an
Express Setup or a Custom Setup, choose Custom.
This allows you to preview the changes that are
being made to the different files on your computer.
Note: At the prompt for the path of the Windows
files, enter the drive you have mapped to the
custom files network directory from step d, above
(in this example it would be G:). Also, at the
configuration screen, select the "Microsoft Network
(or 100% Compatible)" Network option.
g. When Windows prompts you, choose to review and edit
the changes in the AUTOEXEC.BAT file. Verify that
the G: and I: drives have both been added to your
PATH statement.
h. Follow the prompts to continue the installation of
Windows. When prompted to install printers, select
and install any printers you have connected. Make
sure they are specified as connected to port
LPT1.DOS or LPT2.DOS instead of the normal LPT1 and
LPT2 ports. (See Question 3 at the end of this
document.) After the installation has completed,
choose "Return to DOS," and reboot the machine.
When you reboot the machine, DOS will give you a
message similar to the following (the message will
differ depending on the version of DOS you are
using):
┌───────────────────────────────────┐
│Search path contains invalid drive.│
└───────────────────────────────────┘
This message will occur any time you run a program
and DOS searches your path. It does this because
Windows inserted the I: drive into your path when
it was installed. When the machine is first
booted, the G: and I: drive had not been mapped
yet, so NetWare Lite was unable to locate them.
Just ignore the message. When you map the I: drive
to WIN31, the message will no longer be valid. If
you want the message not to appear, append I: and
G: to the end of the path after the network drives
have been mapped or insert the following messages
into your AUTOEXEC.BAT file before the path
statement:
C:\DRDOS\SUBST I: C: (or type c:\name of
DOS directory\SUBST
I: C:)
C:\DRDOS\SUBST G: C: (or type c:\name of
DOS directory\SUBST
G: C:)
This line will make the G: and I: drives
temporarily look at the C: drive, thereby making
them valid statements in the path. As soon as your
map command executes, the G: and I: drives will be
redirected to network directories.
When you reboot, load the network by typing
STARTNET. Then, when you have performed your drive
mappings and printer captures, type WIN to enter
Windows.
TIPS FOR RUNNING WINDOWS 3.1:
Network Operations
Start the NetWare Lite environment before running Windows (for
example: make sure all drives are mapped, printer ports are
captured, and network resources are set up).
Using Windows to Perform Network Operations
If you have a connection to a server, either a captured port
or mapped drive, you will be able to perform your network
operations with no problems. The File Manager will let you
access previously mapped drives without problems.
If you selected "Microsoft Network (or 100% compatible) in the
Windows setup, the File Manager and Print Manager (as well as
Printers in the Control Panel) will include options for
capturing network printers and mapping network drives.
Note: If you do not have a connection (either a mapped drive
or a captured port) to a server before you enter Windows, you
will get a Network Error if you try to access it in the File
Manager or Print Manager. If you get errors in Windows trying
to perform drive mappings and printer captures when you exit
Windows, you will no longer be able to execute the NET MAP or
NET CAPTURE commands until you reboot your computer.
Mapped Drives and Connections
Windows will display an error message if you try to access a
drive on a server that has gone down. Any attempt to access
that drive will fail. Under regular DOS, this error is
trapped and the Client saves enough information to
automatically restore the connection to that network directory
when the downed server returns to the network. Windows
prevents regular DOS from trapping this error. To restore
connections to your mapped drive, exit Windows and reissue the
NET MAP command when the server is back on the network. (See
Question 2 in the Q and A section of this document for more
information.)
Selecting Printers
If you want to print from Windows to a network printer, you
must set up the printer in Windows as a printer on port
LPT1.DOS (which replaces LPT1.OS2 in Windows 3.0) or LPT2.DOS,
depending on which port is captured. This is to instruct
Windows that it is to use the information that DOS provides it
(such as a NET CAPTURE command you may have issued to print to
the network printer) to print to LPT1 instead of trying to go
to its own physical LPT port. (Please see Question 3 in the
Q and A section for more information.)
Note: Do not use the print manager if printing from multiple
windows. If the print manager is running, it will combine the
print jobs into one document before it passes the information
to NetWare Lite.
Browse
The browse function does not work when trying to attach to
servers or trying to capture printers.
NetWare Lite Messages
Messages sent to network users through NetWare Lite will not
be received if the user to whom you are sending the message is
in Windows.
Windows Modes
If you are experiencing a problem that only occurs when
NetWare Lite is loaded and the problem seems unsolvable,
experiment with the other Windows mode to see if the problem
is corrected. The Windows mode can be changed by using one of
the following command line parameters:
Standard Mode: WIN /s
Enhanced Mode: WIN /3
(Note that Windows 3.1 does not include an option to run in
Real Mode like version 3.0.)
Permanent Swap Files
Windows 3.1 can use swap files to enhance the performance of
multiple tasks. By default, Windows will try to create a swap
file on your hard disk at installation. Do not create a
permanent swap file on a network drive. It will corrupt any
other swap file that may be on that computer. If you do not
have a local hard disk on which to store a permanent swap
file, it is recommended you use a temporary swap file in your
user subdirectory on the network. This will avoid conflicts
between two users' permanent swap files.
(Note: If you are running a shared version of windows on the
server, you should MAP drives to the network directories and
should not use the DOS SUBST command. This is unique to
Windows 3.1. In all other applications, using the DOS SUBST
command on a server in place of the NET MAP command is
recommended).
Using DR-DOS 6.0
If you are using DR-DOS 6.0, you must first install the
December 1991 update followed by the April 1992 update
(installed in that order) to run with Windows 3.1. Contact
Novell technical support for questions regarding this issue.
Interrupts
VPICDA.386 is a patch written by Microsoft that fixes problems
that arise when network boards are set to an interrupt of 2,
3, or 9 and above for use with Windows 3.0. Microsoft states
that you no longer need this patch with Windows 3.1. If you
come across problems using these interrupts, check to see if
you have a conflict with some other device using the same
interrupt. (See Fax Document 212 or FYI.P.6054 for
information on interrupt and I/O address conflicts.)
Base I/O Addresses
I/O addresses below 300 should not be used for network boards
on machines that also use Windows.
Changes to SYSTEM.INI
Make sure that the following line is in the Windows SYSTEM.INI
file:
[386Enh]
UniqueDOSPSP = ON
This parameter controls the way Windows allocates memory to
DOS applications running in Windows and is recommended by
Microsoft to be set if Windows is run on some networks.
Setting this parameter will solve occasional problems with
applications that hang a Windows client.
Another option may need to be set in the SYSTEM.INI file
depending on the type of network board you are using. If you
have a network board that uses a shared memory address (RAM
address or memory address), that address needs to be excluded
from available memory so that Windows does not assign the
address to another application. Excluding this address can be
done in two ways:
1. In the CONFIG.SYS file, if you load the device driver
EMM386.EXE or EMM386.SYS, you need to set a parameter to
exclude the memory address as shown:
MS-DOS 5.0 format: DEVICE=C:\path\EMM386.EXE
X=nnnn-mmmm
DR-DOS 6.0 format: DEVICE=C:\path\EMM386.SYS
/E=nnnn-mmmm
These are sample lines from the CONFIG.SYS file where the
address to be excluded is from nnnn to mmmm. The nnnn is
a hexadecimal number for the starting address of the
network board. The mmmm is the ending address to
exclude. Most network boards use either 8 KB or 16 KB
(sometimes less). The following are sample values for
nnnn and mmmm addresses based on the addresses that
boards can usually use.
Starting address nnnn 8 KB 16 KB
C0000 C000 C1FF C3FF
C8000 C800 C9FF CBFF
D0000 D000 D1FF D3FF
D8000 D800 D9FF DBFF
CC000 CC00 CDFF CFFF
Note: If you are not sure whether your network board uses
8 KB or 16 KB of memory, use the 16 KB value.
Using these numbers, if your memory address for your
network board is C0000h and you are using MS-DOS 5.0,
your EMM386.EXE line would have a similar format as the
following:
DEVICE=C:\DOS\EMM386.EXE X=C000-C3FF.
2. If you do not have an EMM386.EXE or EMM386.SYS driver in
your CONFIG.SYS file, you can either add it using step 1
as your example or you can do the following:
Edit your SYSTEM.INI file (located in your configuration
file directory if you are using a shared version of
Windows or in the Windows directory if you are using a
stand alone version). Go down through the file until you
see the section that starts with "[386Enh]" at the left
margin. Add a line that says the following:
EMMExclude=nnnn-mmmm
The nnnn is the starting address to exclude, and the mmmm
is the ending address to exclude. See the table in step
1 for more information on these values.
Do not worry if you already have another EMMExclude line
in the SYSTEM.INI file. Just add another one. Multiple
lines in this format are valid and will not cause
problems.
Changes to WIN.INI
There are several options you can set in the WIN.INI file for
network control. NetWare Lite does not require using anything
other than the default values for these options, unless you
have a special need. Consult your Windows documentation for
further information if you wish to change these options.
Speed Issues with NetWare Lite and Windows
See the fax document concerning the patches that have been
released by Novell that increase printing speed. If your
network printing seems slow, these patches could solve your
problem.
Running a large application such as Windows as a shared
version has the advantage of not using up as much hard disk
space. However, running Windows as a shared version will slow
it down somewhat because many of the files will be in use by
more than one machine at a time and access across a network
will be slower than access to your own hard drive.
NetWare Lite and Windows: Common Questions and Answers.
Q1: Why do I get Sharing Violations and/or lockups when I'm
running Windows or Windows' applications?
A1: You may have neglected to set all applications (.EXE,
.COM and .OVL files) to read only using the ATTRIB
command. This can be done by executing the following
commands in all directories that might be used across the
network:
attrib +r *.exe
attrib +r *.com
attrib +r *.ovl
Q2: What happens if I lose connections while I am in Windows?
A2: If a client loses connections temporarily with a server
while in DOS, then one of two things will happen:
1) The connection will be reestablished by NetWare
Lite.
2) The user will try to perform something that
requires a connection and will get an A)bort,
R)etry, F)ail error. If the user presses F) or R),
then the connection will be reestablished.
Unfortunately, Windows will not recognize this "critical
error message," so it will not reestablish connections
when attempting to perform a network operation such as
printing to a network printer. The user must exit out to
DOS, then perform a function that will reestablish
connections after the server is back up (example DIR on
a network directory) and then enter Windows again.
Q3: Why do I have to select LPT1.DOS and LPT2.DOS instead of
LPT1 and LPT2?
A3: NetWare Lite is a peer-to-peer network, which means it
runs on top of DOS. When a printer is captured, NetWare
Lite tricks DOS into printing to another location (such
as to a printer on another machine). This is why you can
print from an application to LPT1, and the job will end
up at another machine's printer.
Some applications (like Windows) bypass DOS and print
directly to the LPT port. So, if you print an
application in Windows, it will bypass DOS that means it
will bypass your capture command and will try to print to
a printer on your client (instead of where you want it to
go). However, you can trick Windows by going into the
WIN.INI file and under the [Ports] section inserting the
following line:
[Ports]
LPT1.XXX= (The suffix can be any three letters.)
For example: LPT1.DOS=
Windows now recognizes that there is a file called
LPT1.DOS on your disk. If you select LPT1.DOS in
"printer setup" under Control Panel, Windows will try to
print to this "file." When Windows sends a print job to
the file "LPT1.DOS" to DOS, DOS strips off the suffix
(DOS, XXX, or whatever), and sends the job to the
redirected printer.
Q4: Why can't I print using WordPerfect for Windows?
A4: If WordPerfect printer drivers are being used instead of
Windows', the user needs to make some adjustments to make
WordPerfect work correctly. The adjustments are similar
to the ones made above to Windows. First, go into select
printer. Rather than selecting LPT1 or LPT2, select
"file." Then enter the name of a file that starts with
LPT1 or LPT2:
For example: LPT1.DOS
This will cause WordPerfect to print to LPT1 correctly
for the same reasons it enables Windows to work
correctly.
Q5: Why in the File Manager do I sometimes get Network Errors
and my network directories appear to have no files in
them?
A5: If you try to use the File Manager's features to connect
to network directories on a server to which you do not
have an active connection (either a mapped drive or a
captured port) before you enter Windows, any attempt to
connect to that server in the File Manager will result in
these error conditions.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Cabling Specifications
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6064
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: FYI.P.6013
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Cabling Specifications and Limitations
This document covers the cable installation and configuration
rules for each network type including Ethernet, ARCnet, and
Token-Ring. The cabling discussed includes only the most
common cable types such as Thin Ethernet, Twisted-Pair
Ethernet, ARCnet (coax), and Token-Ring.
Ethernet Network
Ethernet is a high-speed linear bus network. It can use
coaxial, twisted-pair, or fiber optic cables.
Thin Ethernet Cabling
Thin Ethernet cabling uses RG-58/U, 50-ohm coaxial cable in a
bus configuration that is a single length of cable (trunk
segment) with a terminating resistor on each end. Each node
(PC) attaches to the cable through a T-Connector that attaches
to the BNC connector on the network board.
Use the following rules for thin Ethernet cabling:
■ The network board must be set to use the BNC connector.
■ Thin Ethernet cable is RG-58/U, 50-ohm coaxial cable; no
other type of cable should be used. The cable should be
prepared by the factory or a trained professional because
homemade cables can create problems on the network.
■ Both ends of the trunk segment must be terminated with a
terminating resistor matching the rating of the cable (50
ohm). The terminator is connected to the T-Connector at
the end of the segment. One end of the cable must also
be grounded through a grounding terminator that must be
connected to a true ground.
■ The network board is connected to the trunk segment
through a T-Connector. The cable can never be plugged
directly into the network board.
■ A trunk segment cannot exceed 185 meters (607 feet).
■ Up to five trunk segments can be connected through four
repeaters. A repeater counts as a node on the network.
■ The entire network trunk cannot exceed 925 meters (3,035
feet).
■ The minimum cable distance between stations must be 0.5
meters (1.5 feet).
■ Avoid placing the cable on or near any electrical devices
that could cause interference on the line (such as
florescent lights or electric motors).
■ NetWare Lite only supports a total of 25 nodes on the
entire network.
Twisted-Pair Ethernet Cabling
Twisted-Pair Ethernet cabling, also known as 10BaseT, uses
twisted-pair cables (similar to telephone wire) in a
star-shaped configuration. Each node (PC) attaches to a
concentrator through a twisted-pair cable using RJ-45
connectors (similar to a telephone jack). Some network
boards, specifically designed for twisted-pair use, include an
RJ-45 jack instead of a BNC connector. However, standard
Ethernet boards require an external device attached to the DIX
connector to use this type of cabling.
Use the following rules for twisted-pair Ethernet cabling:
■ Maximum segment length (unshielded): 100 meters (328
feet)
■ Maximum number of trunk segments: 1,024
■ Maximum number of repeaters: 4
■ Avoid placing the cable on or near any electrical devices
that could cause interference on the line (such as
florescent lights or electric motors).
■ NetWare Lite only supports a total of 25 nodes on the
entire network.
ARCnet Network
ACRnet is a token-passing star bus network that connects each
node to an active or passive hub through coaxial cable. The
cable can also connect one active hub to another hub. These
hubs act as signal splitters. Active hubs also act as signal
amplifiers.
ARCnet Cabling (Coax)
ARCnet cabling uses RG-62/U, 93-ohm coaxial cable in a star
configuration. Each node (PC) is connected to an active or
passive hub with one end of the cable plugged directly into
the BNC connector on the network board and the other end
plugged into the BNC connector on the hub. If only two nodes
are on the network, the cable can directly connect the two
machines. If more than two nodes are on the network, an
active or passive hub must be used.
Use the following rules for ACRnet cabling:
■ ARCnet cable is RG-62/U, 93-ohm coaxial cable; no other
type of cable should be used. The cable should be
prepared by the factory or a trained professional because
homemade cables can create problems on the network.
■ Unused nodes of a passive hub must be terminated using a
93-ohm terminator. Unused active hub nodes need not be
terminated.
■ A passive hub cannot be connected to another passive hub.
■ Passive hubs can only connect a node and an active hub,
never two active hubs.
■ Make sure that the node address of the network board in
each PC is unique. This only applies if the node address
is configurable.
■ Maximum cable distances depend on what you are
connecting, as shown in the following chart:
┌──────────────┬──────────────┬──────────────────┐
│ FROM │ TO │ MAXIMUM DISTANCE │
├──────────────┼──────────────┼──────────────────┤
│ Network Node │ Network Node │ 2,000 feet │
│ Network Node │ Active Hub │ 2,000 feet │
│ Network Node │ Passive Hub │ 100 feet │
│ Active Hub │ Active Hub │ 2,000 feet │
│ Active Hub │ Passive Hub │ 100 feet │
└──────────────┴──────────────┴──────────────────┘
■ The cable length distance between the farthest two nodes
in the network cannot exceed 20,000 feet. This is the
maximum distance a signal can travel on the cable in the
allotted time of 31 microseconds.
■ Avoid placing the cable on or near any electrical devices
that could cause interference on the line (such as
florescent lights or electric motors).
■ NetWare Lite only supports a total of 25 nodes on the
entire network.
Note: Some ARCnet boards can be connected using a bus
configuration similar to thin Ethernet. For this type of
board, contact your dealer for information regarding the
configuration rules and specifications.
Token-Ring Network
Token-Ring is a token-passing network. Each node (PC)
attaches to a device called a multistation access unit (MAU or
MSAU) that sends the token from one node to the next node in
line. A token-ring network can use either a small movable
cabling system or a large nonmovable cabling system. This
document will discuss the small movable cabling system.
Token-Ring Cabling
Token-Ring cabling uses IBM type 6 cable in a ring
configuration. Each node must attach directly to a MAU. Each
MAU can connect to another MAU through a patch cable to form
a ring. If the total number of nodes on the network is less
than or equal to eight (the number of connections on the MAU),
only one MAU is needed.
Adapter cables and patch cables are the two types of cables
used in a Token-Ring network. Adapter cables are 8-foot IBM
type 6 cables. Use an adapter cable to connect nodes directly
to a MAU or to a patch cable that is connected to a MAU.
Patch cables are also IBM type 6 cables and come in four
lengths: 8, 30, 75, and 150 feet. A patch cable can extend
the cable's distance past the 8-foot adapter cable distance to
connect MAUs.
Use the following rules for Token-Ring cabling:
■ Maximum number of nodes: 96
■ Maximum number of MAUs: 12
■ Maximum patch cable distance between a MAU and a node
(not including 8-foot adapter cable): 150 feet
■ Maximum patch cable distance between two MAUs: 150 feet
■ Maximum patch cable distance connecting all MAUs: 400
feet
■ Connect nodes to the ports on the MAU labeled 1 to 8.
■ Connect all MAUs with patch cables using the ports
labeled RI (Ring In) and RO (Ring Out). The RO port of
the last MAU connects to the RI port of the first MAU,
creating a ring.
■ Before connecting cables, initialize each port you will
use by plugging in the Setup Aid and waiting for the
click. Then remove the Setup Aid.
■ Avoid placing the cable on or near any electrical devices
that could cause interference on the line (such as
florescent lights or electric motors).
■ NetWare Lite only supports a total of 25 nodes on the
entire network.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Optimizing a Server Hard drive
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6014
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Optimizing a Server Hard drive
During the day to day work on your computer, files are
deleted, rewritten, or replaced on the hard disk. This will
eventually cause your files to be "fragmented." Fragmented
refers to a file being divided into pieces and those pieces
being located throughout your hard disk instead of in one
contiguous block of disk space. Thus, if you try to access
one of these files, the hard disk has to look for a single
file in several places. This in turn causes your hard disk to
respond slowly. The more fragmented your disk is; the slower
it will respond. If the hard disk is in a NetWare Lite
server, the entire network can be affected. To eliminate this
effect, consider "optimizing" you hard disk. A disk is
optimized by rearranging the data so that files are not spread
out over the disk. Many different utilities are available for
optimizing hard disks.
Please consider the following before optimizing your hard
disk:
■ It is vital that no other stations access your hard disk
while the utility is running.
■ Disk Optimizers can take a considerable amount of time to
complete data arrangement (20 minutes or more).
■ It is recommended that you have a backup of your vital
information before optimizing.
■ If your hard disk is in a NetWare Lite server, the
optimizing utility must be executed from the server
itself and not from a client.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Installing a Client
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6019
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Installing a Client
To install NetWare Lite and configure your computer as a
client, do the following steps. Depending on your current
setup, the installation program may skip some of the steps.
1. Insert the diskette labeled PROGRAM into the A: (or B:)
drive.
2. Type A:INSTALL, and press <Enter>.
3. Verify that "Make this machine a client" is highlighted,
and press <Enter>.
4. Type in the path of the directory where you want NetWare
Lite installed, or simply press <Enter> to accept the
default. You may include the A: or B: drive letter if
your computer does not have a fixed disk installed. See
Fax Document 230 or FYI.P.6017 for more information on
installing to a floppy diskette.
5. Insert the diskette labeled DRIVER into the A: drive, and
press <Esc>.
6. Use the arrow keys to highlight the type of network board
in your machine, and press <Enter>. If you are not sure
which board to choose, refer to the hardware
documentation to determine what type of board you have or
which interface it is compatible with.
7. A window showing default settings for your board is
displayed. You may change these if necessary by
highlighting the item and pressing <Enter>, then
highlight the correct value and press <Enter>. Refer to
the hardware documentation if you are not sure what the
settings should be. When the settings are correct, press
<Esc>.
8. Answer YES or NO to the "path" message. Note that if the
C:\NWLITE directory is not in the DOS path, you will have
to CD to it to use the NET utility. You will also have
to include the path for every NET command executed at the
command line.
9. Answer YES or NO to the "lastdrive" message. Note that
LASTDRIVE should be set to the G: drive or higher to use
the NET utility. If you answer NO, you must edit the
CONFIG.SYS file to include a LASTDRIVE command and reboot
before you can use any NET command.
10. NetWare Lite is now installed. Press <Esc> to exit the
installation program.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Installing a Client and Server
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6020
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Installing a Client and Server
The computer you are installing NetWare Lite on must have a
hard disk to be configured as a server. Do not simply copy
the files off the original (or backup) diskettes. To install
NetWare Lite and configure the computer as both server and
client, perform the following steps. Depending on your
current setup, the installation program may skip some of the
steps.
1. Insert the diskette labeled PROGRAM into the A: (or B:)
drive.
2. Type A:INSTALL, and press <Enter>.
3. Use the arrow keys to highlight "Make this machine a
client and a server," and press <Enter>.
4. Type in a name for the server, and press <Enter>.
5. FILES must be set in the CONFIG.SYS file for the server
to run. The default value shown should work in most
situations. If you know that you need to use different
value, answer NO to the "files" message and edit
CONFIG.SYS appropriately.
6. BUFFERS must be set in the CONFIG.SYS file for the server
to run. The default value shown should work in most
situations. If you know that you need to use a different
value, answer NO to the "buffers" message and edit
CONFIG.SYS appropriately.
7. Insert the diskette labeled DRIVER into the A: drive, and
press <Esc>.
8. Use the arrow keys to highlight the type of network board
in your machine, and press <Enter>. If you are not sure
which board to choose, refer to the hardware
documentation to determine what type of board you have or
which interface it is compatible with.
9. A window showing default settings for your board is
displayed. You may change these if necessary by
highlighting the item and pressing <Enter>, then
highlight the correct value, and press <Enter>. Refer to
the hardware documentation if you are not sure what the
settings should be. When the settings are correct, press
<Esc>.
10. Answer YES or NO to the "path" message. Note that if the
C:\NWLITE directory is not in the DOS path, you will have
to CD to it to use the NET utility. You will also have
to include the path for every NET command executed at the
command line.
11. Answer YES or NO to the "lastdrive" message. Note that
LASTDRIVE should be set to the G: drive or higher to use
the NET utility. If you answer NO, you must edit the
CONFIG.SYS file to include a LASTDRIVE command and reboot
before you can use any net command.
12. NetWare Lite is now installed. Press <Esc> to exit the
installation program.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Installing a Server
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6021
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Installing a Server
The computer you are installing NetWare Lite on must have a
hard disk to be configured as a server. Do not simply copy
the files off the original (or backup) diskettes. To install
NetWare Lite and configure the computer as a server, do the
following steps. Depending on your current setup, the
installation program may skip some of the steps.
1. Insert the diskette labeled "program" into the A: (or B:)
drive.
2. Type A:INSTALL, and press <Enter>.
3. Use the arrow keys to highlight "Make this machine a
server," and press <Enter>.
4. Type in a name for the server, and press <Enter>.
5. Insert the diskette labeled DRIVER into the A: drive, and
press <Esc>.
6. Use the arrow keys to highlight the type of network board
in your machine, and press <Enter>. If you are not sure
which board to choose, refer to the hardware
documentation to determine what type of board you have or
which interface it is compatible with.
7. A window showing default settings for your board is
displayed. You may change these if necessary by
highlighting the item and pressing <Enter>, then
highlight the correct value, and press <Enter>. Refer to
the hardware documentation if you are not sure what the
settings should be. When the settings are correct, press
<Esc>.
8. Answer YES or NO to the "path" message.
9. FILES must be set in the CONFIG.SYS file for the server
to run. The default value shown should work in most
situations. If you know that you need to use a different
value, answer NO to the "files" message and edit
CONFIG.SYS appropriately.
10. BUFFERS must be set in the CONFIG.SYS file for the server
to run. The default value shown should work in most
situations. If you know that you need to use a different
value, answer NO to the "buffers" message and edit
CONFIG.SYS appropriately.
11. NetWare Lite is now installed. Press <Esc> to exit the
installation program.
See FYI.P.6004 "SERVER Only Instead of SERVER and CLIENT" for
more information on whether you should also install the client
software.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Logging in After Installation
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6022
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Logging in After Installation
The first time you log in to a newly installed network, only
one user, SUPERVISOR, will be defined on the network. To log
in, type NET LOGIN SUPERVISOR or type NET and press <Enter>
and type SUPERVISOR and press <Enter> when prompted for a
username.
If you are installing on a network where other servers are
already running, the user accounts defined on the network will
also be defined on servers you install. You will need to
consult with the administrator of the network to find out what
user accounts are defined and how you may log in to the
network.
Note: The SUPERVISOR account on a newly installed network has
no password. For security reasons, Novell recommends that you
set a password on the SUPERVISOR account soon after
installation. Do not forget this password.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Shared Resources (Network Directories and
Printers)
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6023
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Shared Resources (Network Directories and Printers)
Shared resources are those resources, network directories, and
printers that are shared with clients on a network. Novell
suggests that network directories and printers be given
descriptive names.
■ Good names for network directories might be the
following: TURBOC, WORDPERFECT, GAMES, IBM_DOS_310 or
PUBLIC.
■ Good names for network printers might be the following:
LASERJET_II, EPSON_DOT.
Names that might not be good are CDRIVE, PRINTER1, PRINTER2.
These names provide no indication of what applications or what
types of printers are being made available. You will notice
that during NetWare Lite installation, a CDRIVE network
directory is created for you. When you become familiar with
the product, give this resource a more descriptive name.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Make Shared Executables Read-Only
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6024
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Make Shared Executables Read-Only
Executable files that will be run by more than one user at a
time need to be marked as read-only. If they are not, then
you may notice, at times, that you are temporarily denied
access to a file you wish to run.
Example: You may get a message that access was denied or that
the EXE file could not be run. If this happens, mark the
executable files read-only using the DOS ATTRIB command. Type
ATTRIB +R *.EXE in the directory where the executable files
exist. This example marks the *.EXE files read-only.
All shared .COM, .BAT, and .OVL files should be marked as
well. The read-only attribute can be cleared using the same
command replacing the +R with -R. (See DOS documentation for
information on the ATTRIB command.)
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Printing Conventions and Suggestions
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6025
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Printing Conventions and Suggestions
Chances are you bought NetWare Lite to share one or more
printers. For this reason, give special attention to the
following remarks:
Local Network Printers
When a printer is assigned as a network printer, you should
only access that printer through the network. You may have a
printer attached to your workstation that has been defined as
a Network Printer. In this case, you should capture a port
when you wish to print to it. If you print to it directly
(not using capture), you may cause print job corruption.
Characters Per Second and Print Buffers
Network printers are created in the NET menu utility in the
"Supervise the Network" category. When a printer is created,
you can configure the performance of the printer relative to
the DOS running on the same machine where the printer is
attached. This is done by modifying the "Chars per second"
parameter with the "Print buffer size" parameter of the server
configuration.
The print buffer is an area in memory where characters are
stored before being printed. The larger the print buffer
size, the less often the server will need to go to disk to
read more characters to print. If the "Chars per second"
value is high (relatively speaking) and the "Print buffer
size" is large (relatively speaking), the printer will be
driven faster and the DOS running on that machine will be
interrupted more often to send characters to the printer.
The converse is also true if the value of "Chars per second"
is low and "Print buffer size" is small. These values should
also be tuned to the speed or desired speed of the printer.
If the printer is physically a "slow" printer, then setting
the "Chars per second" parameter to a high number will have no
effect. Additionally, if the "Chars per second" is set higher
than the "Print buffer size" parameter then this will have
little effect, as well.
Setup Strings
One of the options available on network printers is setup
strings. You can define up to ten setup strings for each
network printer. In short, a setup string is a series of
characters that put the printer into a particular mode (such
as landscape mode or large characters mode). By default, the
DEFAULT setup string is set to nothing. The DEFAULT setup
string should be set to a sequence of values that reset the
printer. Many printers use the string "1E 45" (<Esc>E) to
reset the printer (Check the documentation for your printer to
find out what sequence resets the printer). The manual that
came with the printer should describe the values that place
the printer into different modes. Setup strings are always
entered using hexadecimal codes.
By defining more than one setup string for a Network Printer,
it is possible to submit jobs that will print in different
printer modes. Setup strings can be used as part of the NET
CAPTURE command or in the "Print" category of the NET menu
utility. An example of its use with NET CAPTURE is provided
below.
Capture Settings
The term "capturing ports" refers to redirecting print jobs
from the normal printing device to someplace else; in this
case, a network printer. To capture a port, you must first
load CLIENT and log in to the network. You can then access
network printers by capturing ports with the NET CAPTURE
command. Several options that are available with this command
are discussed in the manual, as well as in the on-line help in
the NET menu utility, and at the command-line when NET CAPTURE
HELP is typed. A sample command-line might look like the
following:
NET CAPTURE LPT1 LASERJET B=N D=Y S=LANDSCAPE
This example specifies that all jobs sent to LPT1 of the local
machine will be redirected to the network printer LASERJET.
It also specifies that for all print jobs sent to LPT1
(LASERJET), NO banner should be printed and each job should
start printing before the job has been completely submitted
(direct printing). Finally, this job is printed using the
LANDSCAPE setup string (created previously on printer
LASERJET).
The LANDSCAPE setup string values are sent to the printer just
before the data of each print job sent to LPT1. The DEFAULT
setup string values are sent to the printer after each print
job is printed (thus resetting the printer for the next job
sent to this printer).
From the NET menu utility, it is also possible to submit a
print job and have the job immediately go on hold. When a
print job is on hold, it is placed on the queue but not
printed. It can be taken off hold (and thus printed) by
selecting the job from the print job list and changing the
flags of the job.
Capturing COM Ports
The documentation incorrectly states that as a client, you can
capture COM1 or COM2. The COM1 and COM2 ports can only be
used by a server. A network printer can be assigned to the
COM1 or COM2 port. Clients can then capture LPT1, LPT2, or
LPT3 to a network printer that has been created and assigned
to COM1 or COM2.
Postscript Printing
Because of the nature of postscript printers, special care
must be taken when sending print jobs. You should make sure
your capture has the following set:
BANNER=No
TABS=0
FORMFEED=No
You may also want to set the WAIT parameter to a value higher
than 10 seconds. If your print job gets split to multiple
jobs when printing to a postscript printer, you will want to
increase the WAIT value. Increase it until your print job
comes out all in one job.
Using WAIT=0
The WAIT=0 should only be used if the application you are
using will close the print job. If the application does not
close the print job, using WAIT=0 will keep the print job open
until it is closed explicitly. A print job on LPT1 can be
closed manually from the DOS command-line by sending a
formfeed or <Ctrl>+L, displayed ^L (press and hold the <Ctrl>
key while pressing the <L> key, then release the <L> key and
<Ctrl> key). Type ECHO ^L > LPT1. This sends a form feed
character to LPT1 and closes the job. Generally, using a WAIT
value of 10 or so is adequate.
CAUTION: If you use WAIT=0 and DIRECT=Y, you will hold the
printer until the print job is explicitly closed.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: NetWare Lite Prerelease White Paper
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6026
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
NetWare Lite Prerelease White Paper
Overview
NetWare Lite(tm) is Novell's new peer-to-peer operating
system. Its client/server architecture provides networking
features for small LANs. NetWare Lite is designed to be easy
to install and use. It supports disk and printer sharing for
up to 25 nodes on a single physical LAN segment. Each node in
the network can be configured as either a client, a server, or
both. Both client and server are DOS
terminate-and-stay-resident (TSR) programs. Therefore, the
server operates in a nondedicated mode with DOS as the
underlying operating system.
Program Details
NetWare Lite consists of three TSR software pieces and a
single utility.
The client supports the Microsoft interrupt 2fh redirector
interface and occupies approximately 12 KB of workstation
memory.
The server is another DOS TSR that uses DOS networking server
hooks. The average configuration requires 45 KB of
workstation memory. The server runs in real mode on an IBM
PC, XT, AT or compatible computer with a hard disk. The
server uses DOS and the DOS file system to share files with
network clients.
Both programs use Novell's IPX protocol. IPX is provided by
a trio of TSRs that implement Novell's ODI protocol interface
and MLID LAN board interface. The group of programs providing
the IPX protocol requires approximately 15 KB of workstation
memory depending on the LAN driver used. NetWare Lite
provides a group of Multiple Link Interface Drivers (MLID)
drivers with the product to support a large number of LAN
boards. NetWare Lite also runs with other LAN boards if an
MLID compliant driver is provided. NetWare Lite also runs
over the older "linked" version of IPX if it is already
present.
Network operations and administration are performed using a
single utility that functions in either command-line or
menu-driven mode. The utility incorporates extensive online
user help.
The client and server communicate using a request/response
protocol similar to that used by the dedicated NetWare
operating system. The server can support up to 25
simultaneous client connections. All nodes on a NetWare Lite
network, both clients and servers, exist on a single physical
LAN segment or on LAN segments connected through Media Access
Control (MAC) layer bridges. The underlying operating system
for the server and client is DOS version 3.x (3.1 and above),
4.x, 5.0, or DR DOS 6.0. Disk redirection, file attributes,
and file sharing are supported including enforcement of DOS
sharing modes and record locking through DOS' SHARE.EXE.
Printer redirection is supported through both DOS device I/O
and BIOS printer services.
Network Features
The server provides network directories that can be shared by
a client as a redirected disk. A network directory associates
a logical name to a subdirectory on a physical drive at the
server. More than one network directory can be defined within
the same subdirectory tree on a server's physical disk. Both
hard drives and floppy drives can be shared as network
directories. The server can also provide network printers
that can be shared by a client as a redirected printer port.
A network printer associates a logical name to a printer
attached to the server.
Network security is enforced through user accounts. Access to
network resources can be controlled on a per-user basis using
a simplified rights scheme implemented through access control
lists. A user's identity is verified using password
authentication. Passwords are encrypted both in the user
database and during transmission on the network. A full range
of user account restrictions and password requirements is
enforced by the operating system.
Network directories can be manipulated dynamically. For
instance, a new network directory can be created and used
without rebooting the server on which it exists.
Print jobs are spooled and can be manipulated (held, deleted,
or other) while in the print queue at the server. The server
supports both parallel and serial print devices and can spool
simultaneously to multiple printers. Print jobs can be
controlled by a variety of printing options such as the
following:
■ printing a banner
■ number of copies
■ tab expansion
■ printer setup strings
■ holding a job
Also supported is direct printing whereby a job can begin
despooling (printing) before it has finished being submitted
to the print queue.
A variety of statistics is reported for servers that can be
monitored and used to reconfigure a server for enhanced memory
utilization or performance. The network maintains an audit
log so that activities on the network can be tracked. An
error log is also kept to aid in isolating and resolving
problems with the network. The installation program includes
verification that LAN boards, cables, and IPX software are
installed correctly and are operational.
Additional miscellaneous features include the following:
■ Messages can be sent to other users' video displays.
■ It is possible to disable the reception and display of
messages on your terminal.
■ Time for all or part of the machines on the network can
be synchronized.
■ The server has a pop-up window that displays printer
errors and necessary operator actions and another window
that requests confirmation when the user reboots the
machine.
Operational Details (Advanced Features)
NetWare Lite's implementation of advanced networking
techniques achieves simplicity of operation as well as network
performance and robustness. Shared directories and printers
and users are presented in a network-wide view. Network
directories and printers can be used without reference to (or
user's awareness of) the location of their physical component.
Furthermore, client access to a resource is unaffected by
moving the resource from one server to another. Although
resources are presented to the user in a conglomerate view,
servers operate independently of each other. Also, a single
server or group of servers can go down without disrupting the
rest of the network.
The user database is a distributed, replicated database.
Therefore, user accounts are administered on a network-wide
rather than on a per-server basis. A user logs into the
network rather than into specific servers. The password is
required only once (the client software, not the user, handles
authentication with new servers as their resources are used).
Only one account exists on the network for each user. This
greatly simplifies user administration. If user accounts are
administered when a portion of the network is down, the user
database is resynchronized when that portion again becomes
operational. Because the database is distributed, network
operation continues even if only one server is functional.
The client can reconnect (transparently to the user) with a
server and continue most operations even after a server has
gone down and is brought back up. In such a case, drives do
not need to be remapped nor must printer ports be recaptured.
However, information for open DOS files cannot be retained
through a server reboot.
NetWare Lite supports decentralized network administration.
Network resources and server configurations can be manipulated
from any machine (running the client software) on the network.
Remote administration of servers can be optionally disallowed
per server.
The server implements a read-ahead cache for enhanced
performance. NetWare Lite is also compatible with third-party
DOS-based disk caches. Several third-party caches have been
tested and found to enhance network performance by the same
amount that they enhance local DOS disk performance.
NetWare Compatibility
NetWare Lite is compatible with NetWare. NetWare Lite
software (both client and server) can use either the ODI
implementation of IPX or the original linked implementation of
IPX. The client and server both coexist with the NetWare DOS
shell. Thus, a client may have drives mapped to volumes on
dedicated NetWare 286 or 386 servers while simultaneously
having other drives mapped to NetWare Lite network
directories. Also, dedicated NetWare volumes can be chained
into a NetWare Lite network by mapping a drive to the volume
using the shell and then providing a network directory, based
on that drive, to Lite clients through the nondedicated
NetWare Lite server. The same holds true for simultaneous
port captures and chained printer ports.
Applications Compatibility
NetWare Lite is compatible with application software that uses
single-machine DOS calls. Also, NetWare Lite supports network
applications that use only DOS networking APIs. This includes
all DOS networking APIs. The NetWare application programming
interface is not supported.
Peer-to-peer network level APIs are also supported. This
includes IPX, SPX, and NetBIOS. To use the NetBIOS API with
NetWare Lite, you must load Novell's NetBIOS emulator software
(available separately).
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Location Independence
DOCUMENT ID#: FYP.P.6027
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Location Independence
You will notice that NetWare Lite resources are location
independent.
Suppose you create a network directory named ALL_APPS on a
server named DEPT_SERVER. Server DEPT_SERVER is a 8 MHz 286
machine with a 40 MB hard disk. All clients map drives to
ALL_APPS and use it every day. Now suppose you buy a 50 MHz
486 machine with a 1 GB disk drive on it. You want to move
the network directory ALL_APPS to this new machine. You
install this new machine, and call it HOT_SERVER. You can
then create a new network directory on this new server and
call it ALL_APPS (same name as before). You then copy the
files from DEPT_SERVER to HOT_SERVER. ALL_APPS can now be
removed from DEPT_SERVER. All your clients will now use
ALL_APPS from HOT_SERVER and nothing need be changed from the
client's perspective. The clients do not need to know that
the location of the network directory ALL_APPS has moved.
This same principle applies to network printers
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Auxiliary NetWare Lite Files
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6028
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Auxiliary NetWare Lite Files
Included with NetWare Lite are four extra programs that are
not documented. These files are not needed for NetWare Lite
to run but add fun and functionality. They are: DEDICATE.COM,
DEMO.EXE, NETBIOS.EXE, and NLSNIPES.EXE.
DEDICATE.COM -- DEDICATE is a little program that can be run
on a server to improve performance. It is a useful program to
be run on NetWare Lite machines that are acting as dedicated
servers or if a machine is a server/client and the client is
not going to be active for a while. To run DEDICATE, type
DEDICATE when in the C:\NWLITE subdirectory on the machine
running SERVER.EXE.
DEMO.EXE -- DEMO is a networking demonstration program that
shows how workstations can communicate using shared file
access. When run, a worm is shown moving around on the
screens of the workstations running DEMO.EXE. As the worm
covers each screen, eventually the word "LITE" is shown. To
run DEMO, change to the same directory on the same server on
each machine that will be running DEMO. With DEMO.EXE in your
PATH, type DEMO and press <Enter> on each workstation. DEMO
works best if run in a Left-to-Right fashion. That is,
starting on the leftmost workstation, run DEMO.EXE and move
right running DEMO on each machine. The screens are
connected, starting left and moving right, in the order that
DEMO was started. Once running, you can drive your worm using
the arrow key. DEMO will only support nine workstations
running simultaneously.
NETBIOS.EXE -- This is the NetBIOS that is included with
regular NetWare. It can be loaded any time after IPXODI is
loaded. Some applications require the presence of NetBIOS.
For this reason, NetBIOS is provided with NetWare Lite. For
more documentation on NETBIOS.EXE, contact the nearest Novell
Authorized Reseller.
NLSNIPES.EXE -- NLSNIPES is a game. One to five users can
play at a time. Everyone who wants to play NLSNIPES must map
a drive to the same Network directory on the same server. To
run, type NLSNIPES. You will then be asked for two initials;
this uniquely identifies your "man" as you play. The first
person to run NLSNIPES is the "starter." As people run
NLSNIPES and enter their initials, they will see the initials
of the other players that are entering the game. Once the
desired group is ready, the "starter" will press <Enter> to
begin. Move your "man" through the maze killing snipes,
generators, and other "men." For instructions on how to move
and shoot, type "NLSNIPES /H" at the command-line.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Workstation Time
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6029
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Workstation Time
To keep the system time of network clients synchronized,
Novell suggests that "NET TIME <server_name>" be placed in
everyone's AUTOEXEC.BAT or STARTNET.BAT file. <Server_name>
should be a machine that keeps fairly accurate time. This
becomes especially important if NetWare Lite is being used in
a software development environment where MAKE.EXE is being
used. MAKE.EXE requires strict time synchronization. If NET
TIME is used, then MAKE.EXE will function smoothly.
Furthermore, the time on all servers can be synchronized by
using the "Time Synchronization" option in the "Supervise the
Network" menu.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Loading IPXODI A
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6030
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Loading IPXODI A
In the STARTNET.BAT file that is created for you, the line
"IPXODI A" appears. The parameter "A" instructs IPXODI to
only load IPX that makes it so IPXODI uses less memory. If
you have an application that needs SPX to run, remove the "A"
from this line when loading IPXODI then SPX will also be
loaded. You can type "IPXODI ?" to see a list of all
available options for IPXODI.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Compatibility with the NetWare Shell
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6031
DATE: 01DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Compatibility with the NetWare Shell
If your site is currently using Novell NetWare and you are
installing NetWare Lite on the same LAN, then there are some
guidelines that should be followed for both to function
properly.
NetWare Lite functions on a single LAN segment. In other
words, NetWare Lite packets do not cross Novell bridges
(NetWare Lite packets do cross MAC layer bridges or repeaters,
however). In a site that has existing NetWare, each NetWare
Lite network will be constrained to a single LAN segment.
If there are workstations that will load both the NetWare
shell and NetWare Lite software, Novell strongly suggests the
following load order:
IPX (The IPX you had or IPXODI that came
with NetWare Lite; either one but
not both)
DOS Share (SHARE.EXE, if becoming a SERVER)
NetWare Lite Server (SERVER.EXE, if desired)
NetWare Lite Client (CLIENT.EXE, if desired)
NetWare Shell (NETx.COM)
After you have installed the Client to a workstation that will
also be running the NetWare Shell, you will need to modify
your AUTOEXEC.BAT or appropriate batch file to load the files
in the correct order.
Note: With LASTDRIVE set, the NetWare Shell will map the first
drive past LASTDRIVE to the SYS:LOGIN directory of the NetWare
server for you to log in. If LASTDRIVE is not set, DOS
defaults it to the E: drive; thus, F: would be mapped to
SYS:LOGIN. Also, if you use the MAP *1:= command in your
login script, *1 means the first drive past LASTDRIVE. If you
are dependent on certain drives being mapped with certain
letters, changing LASTDRIVE may change which drive letters are
mapped. Be aware that all drive letters, A: through Z:, can
be mapped to NetWare servers. (NetWare Lite can only map A:
through LASTDRIVE.)
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Disabling the Server
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6032
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Disabling the Server
There is no way to remove the server or client from memory
once either is loaded. The server can be disabled after
loading by doing the following:
1. Press <Ctrl>+<Alt>+<Del> as if you were rebooting.
2. When the reboot window comes up, press <1> to disable the
server.
This simply turns the functionality of the server off;
however, it is not removed from memory.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit
or implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Improving Server Performance
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6033
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Improving Server Performance
Fragmented files on the hard disk drive of a server can
adversely affect performance. It is suggested that you
periodically unfragment the files on the hard disk drive of
each server. This can be done using any of a number of disk
optimizing or disk compression tools available in the market
place.
***** WARNING *****
Make sure the server is not running when this type of
operation is done!
Never run any low-level disk repair utilities on the hard disk
drive of the server while the SERVER is loaded. This can
cause corruption of data stored on the hard disk drive. This
includes CHKDSK /F, disk-doctor utilities, and disk-optimizing
utilities. Low-level utilities can only be run directly on
the server machine. You cannot run them from clients that
have a drive mapped to the server.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Renaming Servers and Reconnection
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6034
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Renaming Servers and Reconnection
Whenever a server is renamed, you should reboot that server
soon and have the clients that were connected to that server,
relogin. Clients cannot reconnect to a server that was
renamed.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Server Optimization and Functions
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6037
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Server Optimization and Functions
Disk Caches
NetWare Lite does not ship with a disk cache. Novell has
tested with several (read many) commercially available disk
cache products and found them to be quite inexpensive while
adding significant performance to the NetWare Lite server
software. For higher performance of the NetWare Lite server,
Novell suggests that you acquire a disk cache and install it
on the server machines. Some cache tuning may be necessary
for best results.
Server Configuration
For best performance, Novell suggests that you increase
receive buffer and read buffer sizes to what is supported by
the network topology (such as Ethernet, Token-Ring) up to a
maximum of 4096 bytes using a multiple of 512 bytes. In fact,
if 4096 is selected then the server will truncate the value to
the maximum value supported by the topology. This tuning
allows clients to request more data from (or send more data
to) the server with each read (write) operation. When more
data is sent, fewer requests are necessary and better
performance is obtained. This enhancement does increase the
size of server when it is resident in DOS.
Depending on the load being placed on the server, it may be
beneficial to increase the number of receive buffers and read
buffers. In general, Novell found that 8 to 12 receive
buffers are enough for even the most heavily loaded server.
Similarly, 5 to 10 read buffers are sufficient. These values
do not need to be more than one or two above the number of
simultaneous connections (up to the suggested maximums of 8 to
12 receive buffers and 5 to 10 read buffers).
Mapping verses SUBSTing
If your machine is a server and you would like to map to the
server, it is recommended that you SUBST to the server instead
of mapping to server. SUBST is a DOS command that lets you
assign a drive letter to a directory on another drive.
Example:
If you usually map to the server with the G: drive to the
Network Directory APPS and APPS is actually the C:\APPS
directory, the NET MAP G: APPS command could be replaced
by SUBST G: C:\APPS command. To remove this
substitution, you would type SUBST G: /D.
Using this substitution rather than a mapping will result in
better performance for operations done on the G: drive.
Mapping Local Drive
You can map drives that are local (A: or B:) and use them
temporarily as network drives. However, as a general
practice, it is not recommended. If you run out of drive
letters to map, increase LASTDRIVE in your CONFIG.SYS.
Use of ASSIGN
Do not use ASSIGN with NetWare Lite. The DOS reference manual
(3.3) recommends that you use SUBST instead of ASSIGN and
explains how to do so.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Double Drive Mappings
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6039
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Double Drive Mappings
If you are using NetWare Lite on the same network with Native
NetWare (NetWare v3.11 or v2.2) you may run across the
situation where NetWare Lite's Net utility reports a single
drive letter mapped to two different directories
simultaneously (such as two F: drives). These "double drive
mappings" will occur in the following scenario:
Map a drive letter with NetWare Lite (NET MAP F: CDRIVE
SERVER1).
Log in to a NetWare v3.11 or v2.2 server. If your
server's system login script has a drive mapping that
uses the same drive letter (F:) as the pervious NetWare
Lite mapping it will override the mapping without giving
the usual NetWare warning "drive already in use by local
drive."
Note: You will get the warning if you map from the command
line.
If you then return to NetWare Lite's Net utility and
select drive mappings, you will see that the F: drive
appears as a NetWare Lite drive mapping and as a Native
NetWare Mapping.
When this situation occurs, the mapping to Native NetWare
will be the active mapping. NetWare Lite will flag its
own mapping inactive and is, therefore, inaccessible to
the user. The NetWare Lite mapping can not be deleted as
long as it is inactive. To make the NetWare Lite mapping
active, delete the Native NetWare mapping.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: DOS Error Codes and Extended Error Codes
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6069
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
DOS Error Codes and Extended Error Codes
The following is a list of generic error codes and extended
error codes returned by DOS. Note: Different versions of DOS
may return different error codes.
DOS Error Codes
1 Invalid function number
2 File not found
3 Path not found
4 Too many open files
5 Access denied
6 Invalid handle
7 Memory control blocks destroyed
8 Insufficient memory
9 Invalid memory block address
10 Invalid environment
11 Invalid format
12 Invalid access code
13 Invalid data
14 Reserved
15 Invalid drive was specified
16 Attempt to remove the current directory
17 Not same device
18 No more files
19 Attempt to write on write-protected disk
20 Unknown unit
21 Drive not ready
22 Unknown command
23 Data error (CRC)
24 Bad request structure length
25 Seek error
26 Unknown media type
27 Sector not found
28 Printer out of paper
29 Write fault
30 Read fault
31 General failure
32 Sharing violation
33 Lock violation
34 Invalid disk change
35 FCB unavailable
36 Sharing buffer overflow
37-49 Reserved
Extended Error Codes
50 Network request not supported
51 Remote computer not listening
52 Duplicate name on network
53 Network name not found
54 Network busy
55 Network device no longer exists
56 Net BIOS command limit exceeded
57 Network adapter hardware error
58 Incorrect response from network
59 Unexpected network error
60 Incompatible remote adapter
61 Print queue full
62 Not enough space for print file
63 Print file was deleted
64 Network name was deleted
65 Access denied
66 Network device type incorrect
67 Network name not found
68 Network name limit exceeded
69 Net BIOS session limit reached
70 Temporarily paused
71 Network request not accepted
72 Print of disk redirection is paused
73-79 Reserved
80 File exists
81 Reserved
82 Cannot make directory entry
83 Fail no INT 24
84 Too many redirections
85 Duplicate redirection
86 Invalid password
87 Invalid parameter
88 Network data fault
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Testing the DOS Errorlevel
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6071
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Testing the DOS Errorlevel
Programs can set a flag in the DOS environment called
errorlevel. This is usually used by the program to pass
information to DOS, such as returning a pass or fail status of
the particular program. This flag can be tested at the DOS
level in the following format:
IF not ERRORLEVEL x command
■ The "not" is optional.
■ The "x" is the number to be tested.
■ The "command" is the command to be issued if this test
passes.
Note: The purpose of this document is to give general
information on how to use it with NetWare Lite and not to
explain all the functionality of the DOS ERRORLEVEL flag. For
further information, please consult your DOS documentation.
NetWare Lite v1.1 has the undocumented feature of setting the
errorlevel flag. The NET command line utilities will set it
according to the status of the command. Errorlevel is set to
non-zero if the command fails or does not complete properly.
Example:
If the command NET LOGIN TOMMYJO was issued and the user
TOMMYJO failed to log in for whatever reason (entered an
invalid password, no servers were found), the DOS
errorlevel would be set to non-zero. If TOMMYJO was
logged in properly, the errorlevel would be set to zero.
The following batch file demonstrates use of this command.
The batch file will attempt to log in user MURCHMAN to the
network. If MURCHMAN is successfully logged in, the batch
file will test to see if the server MAHONEY is on the network.
If it is, the LPT1 port will be captured to the network
printer LASER on server MAHONEY. Upon failing any of the
above conditions, error messages will be displayed to the
user. Only after everything has been completed will the
PROGRAM application be executed.
:LOGIN
NET LOGIN MURCHMAN
IF ERRORLEVEL 1 GOTO LOGINERR
:CAPTURE
NET SLIST MAHONEY
IF ERRORLEVEL 1 GOTO SLISTERR
NET CAPTURE LPT1 LASER MAHONEY
ECHO You are logged in to NetWare Lite and port LPT1 has
been
ECHO captured to printer LASER.
PAUSE
GOTO DONE
:LOGINERR
ECHO.
ECHO You were not correctly logged into the NetWare Lite.
This
ECHO program will not continue until you are correctly
logged in.
GOTO LOGIN
:SLISTERR
ECHO Server MAHONEY is not currently on the network.
PAUSE
:DONE
CLS
PROGRAM
Note: The errorlevel flag is always tested at 1. Because of
the way DOS evaluates the errorlevel, all non-zero values will
pass on a test of 1.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: NetWare Lite and Windows 3.1 (Possible
Solutions)
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6095
DATE: 06JAN93
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
Windows 3.1 may exhibit one or more of the following problems:
■ On a Server-Client that is running Windows and attempts
to print, print jobs will not start printing until
Windows is exited.
■ On a Server-Client that is running Windows, other
stations will appear to lockup (hang) until Windows is
exited on the Server-Client that is running Windows.
ISSUE/PROBLEM
The symptoms seem to be caused due to a configuration issue.
Novell currently does not know the exact cause of the problem;
although, it appears that some non-Microsoft Windows (and
possibly non-Windows) applications may be doing something that
Microsoft applications do not do such as causing SERVER.EXE to
not get any CPU cycles thus displaying the above symptoms.
SOLUTION
1) Make sure that the Exclusive in Foreground box is not
selected in the 386 enhanced ICON in the control panel.
2) Remove any references to programs in the LOAD/RUN line in
the WIN.INI file.
3) Remove any programs that are in the StartUp group that
run when Windows is started.
Note: The above information may or may not work in each case.
Novell currently has a field test patch for this issue.
Please call Technical Support and register a call to determine
if the patch applies to your situation. If so, a copy of the
patch will be made available to you. This field test patch
will be generally available when the patch has passed field
testing.
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: How To Configure a NetWare Lite Server
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6060
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
How to Configure a NetWare Lite Server
The purpose of this document is to explain the server
statistics that are configurable within NetWare Lite. These
Server statistics can be viewed and changed in the Net
utility. To access the configuration menus, do the following
steps:
From the c:> prompt, type NET
Select "Supervise the Network"
Select "Server Configuration" to change settings.
Select "Server Status" to view settings.
SERVER CONFIGURATION SCREEN
The following is an example of the server configuration screen
with default settings:
Configuration Information for Server NetWare Lite
CFG FUTURE
Connections (2-25) 4 4
Client tasks (4-200) 10 10
Network directories (2-20) 4 4
Network printers (0-5) 1 1
Print buffer size (256-4096) 512 512
Number of receive buffers (3-20) 6 6
Receive buffer size (512-4096) 1024 1024
Number of read buffers (2-20) 3 3
Read buffer size (512-4096) 1024 1024
Allow remote management (Y/N) Y Y
Future server name:
NWLIT
E
CFG and FUTURE Columns
There are two columns of statistics on the right side of
this table labeled CFG and FUTURE. The CFG column
indicates the settings that are currently being used.
The FUTURE column is used to determine the network
settings to be implemented the next time the network is
started. If you want to make a change, make it in the
FUTURE column and then reboot the machine. After the
machine is rebooted, the new settings will be in effect
and will appear in the CFG column.
Configuration Settings
Each item in the menu will be discussed in some detail.
After each item is described, configuration information
will be given to help correctly configure each item.
CONNECTIONS
Every computer on the network (client or server or both) has
a connection table. This table keeps track of the number of
connections that the computer has with other computers. This
table is not able to be viewed by a user; however, the number
of connections can be limited on a server. A connection is
established when one computer accesses another computer across
the network. For example, a connection is established if a
client accesses a network resource, such as a network
directory or network printer, located on a server.
Server Connection Table
A server's connection table contains a list of the node
addresses of every client computer accessing printers or
network directories on that server. Because the
connection is actually the node address of the network
board, only one connection is established per machine,
regardless of how many drives a computer has mapped or
how many printers a client machine is captured to. It is
not possible for the number of connections in the server
connection table to be greater than the total number of
clients on the network. For example, when a server
receives a request to map a drive, it will look down the
list of existing connections and will create a new
connection only if the address of the requesting computer
is not already on the list.
Temporary Connections
Temporary connections are occasionally established by the
NET utility to do functions such as modifying a user
account, changing a server's configuration. After the
net utility has finished using the temporary connection,
the connection is cancelled.
Setting Connections
Set the number of connections for each server by
considering how many clients might be mapped or captured
to the server at one time. Add one to that number to
provide for any temporary connections. Each connection
in the Server's configuration menu uses approximately 80
bytes of memory.
CLIENT TASKS
Client tasks are the number of programs permitted to open
files on a server. Each time a program on a client uses a
resource on a server (such as starting a program) one client's
task is registered in a table on the server. This is the case
whether the client loads the program from the server or
whether it loads it from its own hard drive. If the same
program opens more than one file, only one client task is
still registered because the client tasks refer to the number
of programs that are opening files and not the number of files
that are open on the server. On the other hand, if two
different programs on a client open files on a server, then
two client tasks are recorded in the table. Some programs
call other programs that use server resources. When this
happens, client tasks will increase by more than one when the
program is initially started.
A variety of problems are associated with not having enough
client tasks. Usually errors will be displayed by the
application that is currently running. Occasionally, the
whole network will hang.
Client Task Configuration Information
The number of client tasks defaults to 10. A good rule
of thumb is to set the number of client tasks to 10 per
machine connected to the server (For example, If five
machines have drives mapped to a server, set the client
tasks on the server to 50). This should provide enough
client tasks to operate the network. Approximately 100
bytes of memory are reserved on a server per each client
task.
Check the server status screen frequently to verify that
you have enough client tasks. If you see the PEAK number
of tasks in the server status screen approaching the CFG
number (within 6), you should increase the number of
client tasks to avoid problems. The CFG number should
always be at least six higher than the PEAK number.
Proper configuration of the number of client tasks on a
server is especially important under the following
conditions:
■ When running Microsoft Windows
■ When using a disk intensive program (such as a
database program)
■ When supporting many clients
Network Directories
A network directory is a directory on a server that can
be accessed by clients on the network. Increasing the
number of network directories on a server simply allows
more of its directories to be accessed by users across
the network.
Network Directory Configuration Information
Set the number of network directories to as many as
needed (up to 20).
Network Printers
This figure designates the maximum number of network
printers allowed on a server. NetWare Lite will support
up to three printers per server. A printer on a server
does not necessarily have to be designated as a network
resource. It can be run locally if SERVER.EXE is not
loaded into memory. Each network printer defined takes
up approximately 884 bytes of memory on the server.
Network Printer Configuration
This number should correspond to the number of printers
physically connected to the server and defined as network
resources. The maximum number of network printers per
server is three.
PRINT BUFFER
Print Buffer Size
NetWare Lite uses a print buffer to temporarily store
information before it is printed. A print job follows
the following path to the printer:
Application -- DOS -- Client -- || network ||--
Server -- Printer
When someone prints a job from a client machine to a
network printer, the information first goes to DOS.
After interpreting that the printer port (LPT1 for
example) has been captured to a network printer, DOS
sends the print job to the network software on the client
machine. The print job is sent across the network
cabling to the computer with the printer attached and
then taken by the server software and spooled to a
directory on the hard drive. The path to where the data
is being spooled is C:\NWLITE\NLCNTL \SLPT1. The NLCNTL
subdirectory is a hidden directory and the SLPT1
directory corresponds to the printer port captured on
LPT1. (If LPT2 was captured, the last subdirectory would
be \SLPT2.) The job is spooled as a file then loaded to
an area in memory called the print buffer. From the
print buffer, the print job is sent to the printer.
The print buffer speeds up the printing because accessing
memory is much faster than accessing a hard disk drive.
A large print buffer accesses information from the
relatively slow hard drive fewer times and causes faster
printing.
Print Buffer Configuration
Set the print buffer size to the maximum allowed value
unless limited memory is available.
RECEIVE BUFFERS
Number of Receive Buffers
Each NetWare Lite server has two types of buffers related
to overall network communication that can be configured
by a supervisor. They are the receive and read buffers.
Understanding receive and read buffers and how to
configure them requires an understanding of some basic
NetWare Lite network communication concepts.
When an application makes a request of DOS, such as
reading data from a file or writing data to a file, DOS
determines whether it can handle the request itself. If
the requested operation involves a network resource, such
as listing a network directory, DOS passes the request to
the network that fills the request and gives the response
back to DOS. Then, DOS passes the response back to the
application.
Each network request passes through four different stages
before being sent out on the network cabling. The
network provides information to DOS (such as which drives
are actually network drives) so that DOS interprets when
to pass requests to the network and when to return errors
to the requesting application.
Three programs provide the interface to the network
hardware. They are the Internetwork Packet Exchange
Protocol (IPX) driver (IPXODI.COM), the Link Support
Layer (LSL) driver (LSL.COM), and the network-board
driver (such as NE2000.COM). These three programs take
requests from the network level and transform them into
packets that are then sent out on the cable.
When a packet is received at the server, SERVER.EXE is
notified and the packet is placed in a free receive
buffer. The server processes the request and does one of
two things. If the requested operation is a disk read,
the server reads the requested amount of data and places
the response in a free read buffer. If the request is
for anything else, the server places the response back in
the receive buffer where it received the request. The
data is then transferred back across the network to the
application that originally made the request.
Number of Receive Buffers Configuration Information
Set the number of receive buffers to three more than the
number of clients that will be simultaneously accessing
the server.
The extra receive buffers are important. The server may
be servicing requests from every client on the network
and still needs extra buffers to respond to additional
incoming requests. Even though all client machines may
have requests pending at the server, a client may resend
a request and the server needs extra buffers to handle
any extra packets from the clients.
Receive Buffer Size Description and Configuration Information
The network is limited to the type of network hardware
that is being used. A receive buffer cannot be set to
anything larger than the packet size of a particular type
of board. Typically, Ethernet is limited to a packet
size of 1450 bytes, and ARCnet and Token-Ring are capable
of sending and receiving 4096 byte packets, which is the
NetWare Lite limit.
DOS reads information best in 512 byte increments, so
receive buffers should be set to a multiple of 512 bytes
even if the packet size is larger than the 512 byte
multiple. For example, when using Ethernet boards, set
the buffer size to 1024 bytes rather than the maximum
allowed 1450 bytes. Because 1024 is an increment of 512,
the 1024 setting will be faster than 1450 bytes.
If you have a read buffer on one machine set to 512 bytes
and the receive buffer on another machine set to 1024
bytes, the packets will be sent in 512 byte blocks rather
than 1024 byte blocks. The receive buffers should be the
same size as the read buffers on all machines in the
network.
READ BUFFERS
Number of Read Buffers
After information is read, it is placed in a read buffer
to wait until the network is ready to send the
information back to the requesting client. Each client
machine can only reserve one read buffer on the server.
Number of Read Buffers Configuration Information
Set the number of read buffers to the number of clients
that will be simultaneously accessing the server. One
read buffer per client. More than one per client will
only waste memory because a client can use only one read
buffer.
Read Buffer Size and Configuration Information
Read buffers are very similar to receive buffers. The
purpose is slightly different as is explained above, but
the guideline for setting the read buffer size is the
same as the guideline for setting the receive buffer
size. Set the read buffer size the same as the receive
buffer size.
REMOTE MANAGEMENT
Allow Remote Management
If remote management is enabled, a network supervisor
will be able to change a server's configuration settings
from any machine on the network. If remote management is
disabled, a server's configuration settings will only be
able to be modified at the keyboard of the server itself.
Note: Remote Management does not refer to modem use.
Remote Management Configuration
Enable or disable remote management depending upon the
conditions in which the network is running. If security
is a concern, remote management may need to be disabled.
FUTURE SERVER NAME
Future Server Name
The future server name is the name that the server will
be called the next time the network is started.
SERVER STATUS SCREEN
Status Information for Server NetWare Lite
Server up-time Days Hours Minutes Seconds
Server version CFG
PEAK CURR
Server address Connections
Network Auditing Client tasks
SHARE running Open files
Server memory size Num net directories
CUM Num net printers
Server-busy packets Print buffer size
Server cache hits Receive buffers
Packets Received Receive buffer size
Bad packets received Read buffers
Watchdog terminations Read buffer size
The Server status screen is a diagnostic tool that can be
used to troubleshoot problems within the network and to
optimize the speed at which the network runs. All the
items listed on this screen are configured in other
places; this screen only indicates what the current
settings are.
The Server status screen has some distinguishing
features. The right hand column contains the statistics
set in the Server configuration menu. These statistics
are listed in three columns. The CFG column shows how
the items are currently configured. The PEAK column
shows how close to the configured setting each item has
gotten since the network was started. The CURR setting
shows the status of each item. The PEAK and CURR numbers
are dynamic, meaning any changes will immediately show on
the screen. The left hand column contains information
that is set when the machine is started and has
cumulative information that keeps track of the total
performance of the network since the network was started.
Server Up-Time
This indicates how long the server has been running
continuously since the network was loaded. Every time
the network is restarted, the Server up-time figure is
reset to zero.
Server Version
This displays the version of NetWare Lite that is
currently running. The current version of NetWare Lite
available is v1.0.
Server Address
The server address is the node address of the network
board that is installed in the server. The node address
is a unique number assigned to the network board that
distinguishes it from other boards on the network. This
number may be set with software settings or switches on
the board, or it may be built into the board.
Network Auditing
Network auditing has a "yes" or "no" indicator displaying
whether the auditing feature has been enabled. The audit
log lists activities such as logins, logouts, and backup
of network management files. The date and username
associated with each activity appear in the log. Network
auditing can be turned on and off within the NET utility
in the "Supervise the Network" option.
SHARE Running
This screen lets you know whether SHARE.EXE has been
loaded. SHARE is the DOS file used to control file
locking and file sharing. SHARE is a necessary program
to load when using a peer-to-peer network because it
enables programs to be run concurrently and ensures
proper file locking so two people do not access the same
data file at the same time.
Server Memory Size
If this percentage is low, an increase of the number of
read buffers may speed up your system.
Server-Busy Packets
This statistic informs the user of the number of times
that a client resends a request to a server when the
server was too busy to handle the request. A large
number of server-busy packets (more than 1 percent)
usually indicates that the server is not fast enough to
handle the volume of requests that are being made. A
third-party disk caching program will improve the speed
of the server and will reduce the number of server-busy
packets.
Another event that will cause the server-busy packets to
increase at an abnormal rate is when the server is
formatting a floppy disk. DOS is not available during a
disk format to service requests coming in from clients.
As a result, many retries will be made from client
machines causing the number of server-busy packets to
increase.
Server Cache Hits
Percentage of requests serviced by the cache rather than
accessing DOS. The cache will not be used for smaller
files. If the server can service the incoming packet in
one request, it will not use the cache. Usually files
under 1024 bytes will not take advantage of the cache.
The cache is directly related to the number and size of
the read buffers. If the percentage is low, an increase
of the number of read buffers may speed up the process.
Packets Received
The total number of packets received by the server.
Bad Packets Received
This number represents the number of times the server got
a packet from the IPXODI that was damaged, possibly with
a corrupt IPXODI header. Bad packets should rarely be
received. If this number is non-zero, there could be a
hardware problem, possibly the network board.
Watchdog Terminations
NetWare Lite uses a process called the watchdog to verify
whether a connection exists. In a server's connection
table there is a timer associated with each connection.
Whenever a packet is received from a client, the timer
associated with that client is reset to zero. If no
packets are received within five minutes, the server
calls that computer by sending out a packet asking for a
response. If the client computer responds, the server
will reset the timer associated with that connection. If
the computer does not answer within five minutes, the
server will call again once a minute for ten more
minutes. If no response is received from the missing
computer, the server will remove the machine from the
connection table and the client will have to reestablish
a connection to access the server. The process of
eliminating missing connections using watchdog
terminations is used to keep the connection table in each
server as clean as possible.
Each client machine has a connection table where the
computer keeps track of how many other machines it is
connected to. Unlike the server, the client's connection
table is not monitored by a watchdog and will not be
disconnected if the connection is lost. When a
connection is lost with a server, the client machine will
return the message "General failure reading device
NWLite" and will request the user to abort, retry, or
fail every time an operation that accesses the server is
attempted while the server is down. When the connection
is first reestablished, the user will receive the same
error, but pressing <r> for retry will reestablish the
connection and carry out the requested operation.
Troubleshooting with the Server Status Screen
The right columns of the server status screen contain the
current configuration, the peak level, and the current
statistics of the items configured in the server
configuration menu with the exception of Open files. The
CFG (configured) setting of Open files is the number of
files that are defined in the CONFIG.SYS file that DOS
uses to configure the system when booting the computer.
The rest of the items have been covered previously in
this document.
A network administrator may use the three columns of
information to fine tune the network. The items in the
right hand column affect the size of the network in
memory and the way the network operates. By monitoring
the figures in the PEAK and CURR columns and comparing
those with the number currently configured in the CFG
column, a netowrk administrator may avoid wasting
valuable memory and verify that the network has plenty of
room to operate.
If the highest recorded value for any of these attributes
approaches 80 percent of the configured setting, a
network administrator should consider increasing the
configured setting. The number of connections, client
tasks, and open files are three figures that need to be
monitored regularly. As the highest values for these
statistics approach or equal the corresponding
configuration settings, unpredictable results can occur.
These results can be anything from file locking problems,
to data corruption, to the server crashing and locking
the entire network.
By monitoring the statistics on the Server Status Screen,
a network administrator can isolate problems before they
become critical, avoid wasting valuable memory space that
can be better used by other applications, and tune the
network so that it will operate at the most optimal
level.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: NetWare Lite 1.1 Status Reports
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6072
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: v1.1
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
NetWare Lite 1.1 Status Reports
Network software status reports 1 through 31 are documented in
the NetWare Lite manual on pages 138 through 144. The
following are additional status reports.
Status Report 32: The size of receive buffers specified in
the server configuration is too big for
the LAN board being used. The receive
buffer size was changed to the maximum
packet size allowed by the LAN board.
Status Report 33: The size of read buffers specified in the
server configuration is too big for the
LAN board being used. The read buffer
size was changed to the maximum packet
size allowed by the LAN board.
Status Report 34: SERVER.EXE cannot initialize network
printer because the number of configured
printers is too small.
Status Report 35: SERVER.EXE cannot initialize network
printer because the number of configured
printers is too small.
Status Report 36: Selected configuration of SERVER.EXE
exceeds 64k of data memory. Use NET.EXE
to reduce configuration parameters.
Reboot machine now, then reconfigure
server with NET.EXE while SERVER.EXE is
not loaded.
Status Report 37: CLIENT.EXE was loaded before SERVER.EXE.
SERVER.EXE should be loaded first if a
Network Printer is, or will be, attached
to this machine.
Status Report 38: Not enough memory to load.
Status Report 39: The IO buffer size specified in the
server configuration is not a multiple of
16. The IO buffer size was changed to a
multiple of 16.
Status Report 40: The IO buffer size specified in the
server configuration is not a valid
multiple of the receive buffer size. The
IO buffer size was changed to two times
the receive buffer size.
Status Report 41: The number of IO buffers specified in the
server configuration is greater than the
number of connections. The number of IO
buffers was changed to the number of
connections.
Status Report 42: Byte value greater than 255 in
configuration file was truncated.
Status Report 43: CLIENT.EXE was not unloaded because no
previously loaded CLIENT.EXE could be
found in memory.
Status Report 44: CLIENT.EXE was not unloaded because the
version of CLIENT.EXE in memory is not
the same as this one. You must run the
same version of CLIENT.EXE to unload it.
Status Report 45: CLIENT.EXE was not unloaded because
another program was loaded after it. You
must unload this other program first to
unload CLIENT.EXE.
Status Report 46: CLIENT.EXE was unloaded from memory.
Status Report 47: Byte value greater than 255 in NET.CFG
configuration file was truncated.
Status Report 48: Bad route address syntax in NET.CFG
configuration file.
Status Report 49: SERVER.EXE was not unloaded because it is
not currently loaded.
Status Report 50: SERVER.EXE was not unloaded because the
version of SERVER.EXE in memory is not
the same as this one. You must run the
same version of SERVER.EXE to unload it.
Status Report 51: SERVER.EXE was not unloaded because
another program was loaded after it. You
must unload this other program first
before unloading SERVER.EXE.
Status Report 52: SERVER.EXE was unloaded from memory.
Status Report 53: This copy of SERVER.EXE is for update use
only. SERVER.EXE did not load.
Status Report 54: This copy of CLIENT.EXE is for update use
only. CLIENT.EXE did not load.
Status Report 55: SERVER.EXE was not loaded because an IPX
socket could not be opened. Please
configure IPX with more sockets before
loading SERVER.EXE.
Status Report 56: SERVER.EXE was not loaded because
NETx.COM has been loaded. Please load
SERVER.EXE before loading NETx.COM.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Troubleshooting Lockup (Hanging) Problems
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6074
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Troubleshooting Lockup (Hanging) Problems
While using a networking system, problems may be met; locking
could be one of them. This document, which is divided into
two areas of hardware and software, is intended to help
diagnose and resolve lockup problems.
Hardware
1. Most Local Area Network (LAN) boards come with the
ability to change the IRQ, base I/O address, and memory
address settings (in some cases). This is done by either
setting switches located on the network board or through
a software setup utility. When NetWare Lite is
installed, it must be told what the IRQ, base I/O, and
the memory address settings are on the board. If the
board does not agree with the settings that the network
is searching for, it could cause lockups. This usually
happens when the network board driver is loaded, when
SERVER.EXE is loaded, when CLIENT.EXE is loaded, or when
the NET utility is used.
The solution for this type of problem is straight
forward. The settings on the board need to be determined
by checking the switches and sometimes cross referencing
it with the documentation provided with the network
board. After they are found, the install process is
repeated for NetWare Lite and the correct options chosen
to correspond to the hardware.
2. Another lockup problem may occur when the IRQ, base I/O
address, or memory address conflict with another device
in the same machine. Each of these settings must be
unique to the network board. Devices that may conflict
include modems or mice. Lockups in this case can show up
anytime after the network has been loaded. A reference
list is provided that contains the IRQ and Base I/O
address for many devices. For more information on
interrupts, see Fax Document 212 or FYI.P.6054.
┌───────────────────┬────┬──────────────────┐
│ Options │IRQ │ Base I/O │
├───────────────────┼────┼──────────────────┤
│ Com1 │ 4 │ 3F8-3FF │
│ Com2 │ 3 │ 3F8-2FF │
│ LPT1 │ 7 │ 378-37F │
│ LPT2 │ 5 │ 278-27F │
│ VGA │ 2 │ 3C0-3CF │
│ EGA │ 2 │ 3C0-3CF │
│ CGA │ │ 3D0-3DF │
│ Hercules │ │ 3B4-3BF │
│ Mono │ │ 3B0-3BF │
│ AT controller │ 14 │ 1F0-1F8, 170-177 │
│ Floppy controller │ 6 │ 1F0-1F8, 3F0-3F7 │
│ Tape controller │ 5 │ 280-28F │
│ XT controller │ 5 │ 320-32F │
│ │ │ │
└───────────────────┴────┴──────────────────┘
Note: Along with the above mentioned I/O address conflicts,
address 360 should be avoided. This address may overlap with
beginning address 378 that is used in LPT1 processes. (This
is hardware defined and may depend on the particular network
board used.) The best solution for this is to configure the
network board I/O address at 300, 320, or 340. These settings
will work for most systems.
3. The switch settings on the board are not the only things
that can cause problems. Some network boards, when not
fully compatible with Novell certified boards, can also
cause problems. When locking problems do not seem
related to any of the settings on the board, try using a
different board to see if it does clear up.
Occasionally, a bad board is met.
Software
1. Some software can cause a lockup when it is simply not
compatible with NetWare Lite. These programs usually use
protocol that tries to print, gain access to RAM, or gain
access to the hard drive without going through DOS.
Because NetWare Lite is written to work with DOS these
programs cannot be used.
2. NetWare Lite is a memory resident program and occupies
part of RAM. This limits the amount of room allowed for
other programs. When conventional memory is too low, it
can cause applications to crash. One solution for this
is to load as much into upper memory. Out of the files
loaded through the STARTNET.BAT file, all but SERVER.EXE
can be loaded high. This is done in MS-DOS 5.0 by
putting "loadhigh" before the file name to be loaded.
This is done in DR-DOS 6.0 by putting "hiload" before the
file name to be loaded. (Third-party memory managers may
also be used but not loaded at the same time with other
memory managers.) Note that many memory resident
programs can be loaded high but others cannot. If you
load a particular program high and find that your system
locks more frequently, load it back into conventional
memory again.
Example for loading most of STARTNET.BAT high using
MS-DOS format:
loadhigh lsl
loadhigh ne2000
loadhigh ipxodi a
loadhigh share
server
loadhigh client
3. Some network boards use upper memory for their own
processes that range from C000h to E000h. If this is the
case, they do not require a memory manager to control
them. Furthermore, this area in upper memory should be
excluded from the memory manager's control. To do so
insert the following in CONFIG.SYS:
For MS-DOS 5.0 use:
device=c:\DOS\emm386.exe x=mmmm-nnnn
For DR-DOS 6.0 use:
device=c:\drDOS\emm386.sys /exclude=mmmm-nnnn
(mmmm is beginning and nnnn is the ending address.)
Note: Most network-board drivers occupy about 8 to 16 KB
of memory. Check the references for your specific
device.
4. CONFIG.SYS also has a parameter that can be changed that
may cause computers to lock. That is "files=xx." The xx
is the number of files that machine can have open at one
time. The suggested amount is 10 files per client plus
30 more.
5. Along the same line as the above paragraph, the number of
client tasks could have the same effect. To change the
client tasks, you must run the NET utility, go to
"supervise the network," then "server configuration."
This parameter is normally set between 5 and 10 per
client.
6. Terminate-Stay-Resident (TSR) programs can also cause
lockups. They can show up in several ways of which most
commonly is when the TSR is functioning. It can also
happen when the TSR seems inactive.
The easiest way to find out if a TSR is causing the
lockup is by renaming AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS and
then putting in CONFIG.SYS the following:
FILES=30
LASTDRIVE=G
If the problem no longer persists, add each component
back into AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS one by one until
you find the one that is causing the problem.
Modifications may be necessary to make the conflicting
TSR work properly, or it may even be incompatible with
the network environment.
7. Some incompatibilities have been found with certain
hardware and software configurations. NetWare Lite has
made some modification to adapt to these systems. These
modifications come in the form of a patch that is applied
once to each machine in the network. More specifics on
these patches can be faxed to you through NetWare Lite's
automated Fax Document 263 or see FYI.P.6087.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: NetWare Lite v1.1 - Summary of New Features
and Enhancements
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6066
DATE: 03DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: v1.1
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
NetWare Lite v1.1 - Summary of New Features and Enhancements
NetWare Lite v1.1 has been developed primarily as a
maintenance release. NetWare Lite v1.1 increases the
stability, compatibility, and performance of NetWare Lite, as
well as adding some enhancements and new features. The
following is a summary of the new features and enhancements.
Note: For complete information concerning any of the features
or enhancements summarized in this document, please see the
README files on the NetWare Lite v1.1 diskette.
NLCache
The primary new feature of NetWare Lite v1.1 is a NetWare Lite
disk cache called NLCACHE. This cache can be configured to
use conventional, extended, or expanded memory and can be
enabled and disabled from the DOS command line. NLCACHE
dramatically increases the performance of NetWare Lite.
Due to the length of the information, please download Fax
Document 155 or FYI.P.6075 for more information on how to set
up NLCache.
***** WARNING *****
If you choose to use another cache program in place of
NLCache, you MUST turn off the deferred rights feature of the
cache to avoid possible fragmentation or corruption of data!
Note: Do not run two caching programs simultaneously.
IPXSYNC
NetWare Lite v1.1 ships with a utility called IPXSYNC. Until
now, if two workstations, A and B for example, mapped drives
to each other in their STARTNET.BAT files, machine A would
fail to map drives to machine B because machine B had not yet
loaded the network software. (Turning on two or more machines
at precisely the same time is almost impossible.) This
problem is solved by the IPXSYNC utility. This
synchronization utility can be placed in the STARTNET.BAT file
to make a Lite workstation pause until all necessary servers
have booted and loaded the network software.
The IPXSYNC utility works from within the STARTNET.BAT file.
It should be run from the STARTNET.BAT file after the server
and client but before the drives are mapped and the printers
are captured. The syntax is the following:
IPXSYNC <string> <number>.
Replace <string> with any string that is to be broadcast over
the network. Replace <number> with the number of computers
that have to broadcast that message before the batch file can
continue.
Example: There is a network with three computers (all setup
as servers and clients) and they all have drives mapped to
each other. The network supervisor can put the IPXSYNC
utility in the STARTNET.BAT file to ensure all the computers
are up and the network is loaded before the drive mappings are
attempted. The supervisor should put the line "IPXSYNC Ralph
3" into each STARTNET.BAT file after SERVER.EXE and CLIENT.EXE
are loaded. Each computer, when turned on, will wait for the
string "Ralph" to be returned from the other two machines
before continuing on to map the drives. The user can press
any key to terminate the process before the operation is
complete, but this will cause the drives not to be mapped
because the network was not completely operational at the
time.
Net Save
NetWare Lite v1.1 ships with a new utility called NET SAVE
that will save all active drive mappings and port captures on
a workstation. The NET SAVE utility is not required but is
provided as a convenient way to set up the network
environment.
At the DOS prompt, type NET SAVE. The mapped drives, captured
ports, and DOS environment variables are saved in a file
called NLLOGIN.BAT that the user can add to the STARTNET.BAT
file. The next time the STARTNET.BAT is executed, the saved
drive mappings and port captures will be in effect. The NET
SAVE utility is not required but is provided as a convenient
way for a network administrator to set up the network
environment.
Notify
NetWare Lite v1.1 ships with a feature called NOTIFY that
gives the user the option to be notified when a print job is
completed. This feature is useful when the network printer is
in a different room than the user who is submitting the print
job.
The notify feature is activated by placing a "n=y" parameter
in the NET CAPTURE statement. The default setting of the
notify feature is no. After receiving the message, a user can
delete the message by pressing <Crtl>+<Enter> at the same
time.
Auto Reattach
NetWare Lite v1.1 has an AUTO REATTACH feature. Occasionally,
a network board momentarily loses its connection with other
network boards in the network. For example, a workstation on
the network is rebooted. Under NetWare Lite v1.0, when a
connection was interrupted, the DOS error message, "General
failure reading device NWLite--Abort, Retry, Fail" would be
displayed and the user would be required to press "Retry" to
reestablish the network connection.
NetWare Lite v1.1 automatically attempts to reconnect to the
network when a connection is lost. This reattach attempt is
transparent to the user provided that the workstation has come
back online when the reattach attempt is made. Otherwise, the
above-mentioned DOS error message is displayed to alert the
user that the connection is no longer available.
Net SLIST
NetWare Lite v1.1 ships with an enhanced NET SLIST command
that will show all available Lite servers without requiring
the user to be logged into the network. This feature is
helpful to users who wish to know if a particular server is
available before continuing with a log in attempt.
Dynamic Update of Print Screen
The print job screen in the NET utility of NetWare Lite v1.1
is dynamically updated. This is useful to network supervisors
who wish to monitor printing activity in real time on the
network.
Net Send and Net Receive
In contrast to NetWare Lite v1.0, NetWare Lite v1.1 messages,
which appear on the screen as a result of the NET SEND command
or as a result of a completed print job notification, do not
suspend the operation of NetWare Lite v1.1 servers.
Furthermore, the NET RECEIVE feature allows a user to
configure the workstation to cause messages resulting from a
NET SEND command to "time out" after a set amount of time.
These enhancements are useful to users who wish to run batch
processes while away from their workstations without NetWare
Lite messages permanently halting those batch processes.
To use the NET RECEIVE command, type the following from the
command line:
NET RECEIVE <number>
Replace <number> (0 to 1500) with the number of seconds that
you wish the messages to remain on the screen. If you enter
0 (Net Receive 0), the message will remain on the screen until
<Ctrl>+<Enter> keys are pressed simultaneously. Note: If you
do not use the NET RECEIVE command, the default setting will
require a user to press <Ctrl>+<Enter> simultaneously to clear
the message from the screen.
Note: These enhancements do not apply to Native NetWare
broadcasts (NetWare v3.11, for example). If the NetWare Lite
network is part of a Native NetWare network, broadcasts from
Native NetWare will still suspend both foreground and
background processes on the workstation until the message is
cleared from the screen.
Memory Enhancements
The NetWare Lite v1.1 version of SERVER.EXE can be loaded into
high memory in contrast to v1.0. CLIENT.EXE, LSL, IPXODI A,
and the board driver, can also be loaded into high memory.
SERVER.EXE'S default size is approximately 10 KB smaller in
NetWare Lite v1.1 than the default size of SERVER.EXE in the
v1.0. Both of these enhancements allow additional
conventional memory to be available for other applications.
The NetWare Lite v1.1 version of SERVER.EXE and CLIENT.EXE can
be unloaded from conventional memory (they cannot be unloaded
from high memory), by typing the commands SERVER U or CLIENT
U. Note: CLIENT.EXE must be unloaded before SERVER.EXE.
Larger Print Job Packet Size
NetWare Lite v1.1 uses a larger print-job packet size that
results in significantly faster printing than v1.0.
Net Commands Use the DOS Error Level
In NetWare Lite v1.1, all Net commands issued from the command
line (NET MAP) set a DOS Errorlevel of zero upon successful
completion and non-zero for an unsuccessful completion. This
is helpful for verifying that the command completed
successfully in a batch file before moving on.
Commands Are More Like Native NetWare
The NET WHOAMI command replaces the NET INFO command. The NET
USERLIST command replaces the NET ULIST command. Also, you
can type NET MAP F:= instead of NET MAP F: if you are used to
using native NetWare mapping commands.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: NLCache
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6075
DATE: 03DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
NLCache
NetWare LITE CACHING BENEFITS
NetWare Lite Cache makes your computer run three to six times
faster by reducing the time your computer spends waiting for
the hard disk. Caching makes your computer run faster and
your hard drive last longer.
***** WARNING *****
NetWare Lite Cache should not be used concurrently with
another caching software. If you choose to use a different
cache program instead of NLCache, you must disable the cache's
delayed writes in NLCINST under Deferred write delay; together
they may cause problems.
HOW NetWare LITE CACHE WORKS
NetWare Lite Cache keeps copies of data read from the disk in
a memory area called a cache. When a disk read is requested,
NetWare Lite Cache checks to see if the data is already in the
cache. If it is, NetWare Lite Cache delivers the data
directly from the cache. If it is not, the disk read is
performed and a copy of the data is put in the cache.
NetWare Lite Cache's LookAhead option adjusts the disk
transfers to cache data even before you need it by reading
entire blocks of sectors for future use. LookAhead makes big
improvements in disk throughput even with a small cache. When
disk writes are requested, NetWare Lite Cache determines if
the data is in the cache and if it has changed. If it has not
changed, (determined by checksum) NetWare Lite Cache does not
rewrite data to the disk.
NetWare Lite Cache's optional delayed write feature speeds up
disk operations even more by combining multiple disk writes
into a single write. Also, NetWare Lite Cache can turn off
the delayed write feature (in NLCINST) and function as a
write-through cache.
If you have a power failure or reset the machine when using
the delayed write feature, you may lose data because the data
written to the cache in RAM is not written to the hard disk or
floppy disk until the delayed write is complete. When using
delayed write, always exit programs correctly.
The NetWare Lite NLCINST program helps you select the correct
cache program for the type of memory your computer uses.
■ NLCACHEC is for computers with only conventional memory
(memory up to 640 KB).
■ NLCACHEX is for computers with extended memory (memory
above conventional, starting above 1024 KB).
■ NLCACHEM is for computers with expanded memory (special
or paged memory that requires a device driver).
You can use only one disk caching program at a time. If your
computer has expanded memory and extended memory, use either
NLCACHEX or NLCACHEM.
INSTALLING NetWare LITE CACHE
The NetWare Lite Cache programs are copied to your hard drive
when you initially install NetWare Lite. If you specify that
you want to use the NetWare Lite cache during installation,
the proper command will be automatically added to the
STARTNET.BAT file--the file that loads the network into
memory.
The INSTALL program recognizes the type of memory
(conventional, expanded, extended) that your computer has and
how much memory is available. If your computer has 1 MB or
more of free memory, the INSTALL program defaults the "Use
NLCACHE and load it from STARTNET.BAT" option to YES. (This
option is under STEP 2 "Preview changes to DOS startup
files.") If you want a cache, leave the option set to YES.
A NetWare Lite Startup command line, which includes the
applicable NetWare Lite Cache program name (NLCACHEC,
NLCACHEX, or NLCACHEM) and a number equal to half of the free
memory (for the cache), will be included in STARTNET.BAT.
When STARTNET.BAT is run, the cache program loads using half
of the free memory for the cache area. If you do not want a
cache, change the option to NO.
To create or modify the cache-startup command line from the
DOS prompt, type NLCINST. The current cache-startup command
line (if any) will be displayed. Follow the instructions on
the screen. You can stop modifying or creating the
cache-startup command line at any time by pressing <Esc>
repeatedly until the DOS prompt appears. The new startup
selections will take effect the next time you boot your
computer.
INSTALLING AS A TSR
If you put the cache startup command in batch file like
AUTOEXEC.BAT, STARTNET.BAT, or manually type it at the DOS
prompt, NetWare Lite Cache will be loaded as a TSR. When
NetWare Lite Cache is loaded as a TSR, it can be unloaded by
using the /Q option. If you put the cache startup command in
CONFIG.SYS, NetWare Lite Cache is loaded as a device driver
and cannot be unloaded with the /Q option.
INSTALLING AS A DEVICE DRIVER
You must use DOS 3.0 or higher to load the cache as a device
driver. NetWare Lite Cache requires slightly less memory when
it is loaded as a device driver than when it is loaded as a
TSR. (DOS assigns TSRs a copy of the environment and a 128
byte control block. Device drivers do not have a copy of the
environment or the 128 byte control block).
Start NetWare Lite Cache as a device driver by putting one of
the following commands in your CONFIG.SYS file:
KEY TERMS
[path]
Directory where the NetWare Lite Cache programs are
located.
[size]
Amount of memory (specify kilobytes) you want to allocate
to the cache. If you do not specify a value, NetWare
Lite Cache uses all free memory for the cache.
[start]
Starting address in extended memory for the cache.
Extended memory addresses begin above 1024 KB. If you do
not specify a starting address, NetWare Lite Cache uses
the first available memory area. This is the best choice
for most installations because it allows NetWare Lite
Cache to put the control tables into extended memory.
However, you may specify a specific address for NetWare
Cache to use.
[options]
One or more startup command options. See the "Cache
Startup Commands" section of this document. If you put
the cache startup command in your CONFIG.SYS file,
NetWare Lite Cache loads as a device driver each time you
boot your computer. (Remember, as a device driver, it
can not be unloaded with the /Q option.)
All other control options work as described in the
"NetWare Lite Cache Control" section of this document.
To Manually Create or Modify the Cache Startup Command as
a TSR, start the NetWare Lite Cache program by entering
the cache-startup command line at the DOS prompt or by
including it in either AUTOEXEC.BAT or STARTNET.BAT.
TYPE OF DEVICE DRIVER CACHE STARTUP COMMAND
MEMORY
Conventional Format: DEVICE=[path] NLCACHEC.EXE [size]
[options]
Example: DEVICE=C:\NWLITE\NLCACHEC.EXE 128
/T=2
(The cache size would be 128 KB.
The maximum write delay would be 2
seconds.)
Extended Format: DEVICE=[path] NLCACHEX.EXE [size]
[start] [options]
Example: DEVICE=C:\NWLITE\NLCACHEX.EXE 2048
D000 /T=5
(The cache size would be 2048 KB.
The starting address would be D000.
The maximum write delay would be 5
seconds.)
Expanded Format: DEVICE=[path] NLCACHEM.EXE
[size][options]
Example: DEVICE=C:\NWLITE\NLCACHEM.EXE 512
/T=5/B=16
(The cache size would be 512 KB.
The maximum write delay would be 5
seconds. The LookAhead buffer size
would be 16 KB.)
TYPE OF TSR CACHE STARTUP COMMAND LINE
MEMORY
Conventional Format: NLCACHEC [size] [options]
Example: NLCACHEC 128 /T=5
(The cache size would be 128 KB.
The maximum write delay would be 5
seconds.)
Extended Format: NLCACHEX [size] [start] [options]
Example: NLCACHEX 1024 D000 /T=2
(The cache size would be 1024 KB.
The starting address would be D000.
The maximum write delay would be 2
seconds.)
Expanded Format: NLCACHEM [size] [options]
Example: NLCACHEM 512 /T=2
(The cache size would be 512 KB.
The maximum write delay would be
turned off so the cache becomes a
write-through cache.)
CACHE STARTUP COMMANDS
/A= Sector Chain Limit
■ Use with NLCACHEC, NLCACHEX, and NLCACHEM.
■ It suppresses caching of read/write requests larger than
the limit value. The limit value range is from 1 to 128
sectors (128 sectors is the maximum number of sectors DOS
allows).
■ Use it to tune the cache for unusual cases where programs
are effectively flushing your cache by doing large reads.
If you select a sector limit value less than the maximum
(128), large reads are not cached.
■ If this is not used, NetWare Lite Cache selects a
best-fit limit value. For cache sizes smaller than 256
KB, a /A= value larger than the best fit value is
ignored.
/B= LookAhead Buffer Size
■ Use with NLCACHEC, NLCACHEX, and NLCACHEM.
■ It specifies the size of the LookAhead buffer (specify
kilobytes). The LookAhead buffer requires that you
allocate additional conventional memory to the size of
the LookAhead buffer. The LookAhead Buffer is used
during sequential disk accesses to improve computer
performance. NetWare Lite Cache continually monitors
your disk activity and turns LookAhead on and off
according to the type of reads being done. When you are
performing sequential reads, NetWare Lite Cache reads
large blocks of sectors into the LookAhead buffer. This
saves time by anticipating future reads and combining
them with reads that have already been requested.
■ The LookAhead buffer size can be from 0 to 16 KB.
Consider a LookAhead buffer size of at least 9 KB. If
you specify a LookAhead buffer of zero, both LookAhead
buffer size (/B) and the deferred write capability (/T)
are disabled.
/O Control Table Location
■ Use with NLCACHEX and NLCACHEM.
■ It directs NetWare Lite Cache to use cache memory instead
of conventional memory for the cache control tables.
This means that more of your conventional memory is
available for other applications.
■ The /O option is suppressed if either the HMA (High
Memory Area) beginning at address 1024 KB is not
available or if the /R options used.
■ The /O option may reduce cache performance (speed) when
used with abnormally slow add-on memory boards.
/P Place LookAhead in Expanded Memory
■ Use with NLCACHEM.
■ Uses expanded memory (instead of conventional memory) for
the LookAhead buffer.
■ The /P option may reduce cache performance (speed) when
used with abnormally slow add-on memory boards.
/R Disable A20 Latch
■ Use with NLCACHEX.
■ This switch disables the use of CPU latch A20. Only use
this option if you have compatibility problems or if your
computer hangs for no apparent reason.
■ The /R option may be selected automatically in some
computer configurations.
/S Assign Cache High
■ Use with NLCACHEX.
■ It places the cache memory at the top of the extended
memory. This may be necessary if you are using programs
that reallocate extended memory, such as Windows/386,
AutoCAD, and Lotus 123 - release 3. If you use this
option, NetWare Lite Cache ignores any starting address
specification.
/T= Maximum Write Delay
■ Use with NLCACHEC, NLCACHEX, and NLCACHEM.
■ This switch specifies the maximum delay value for
deferred disk writes. The delay value may be from 0 to
5 seconds. Write delay is disabled if you enter a delay
value of 0 (/T=0) or if the LookAhead buffer is set to 0
(/B=0). If the maximum write delay value is 0 or if the
LookAhead buffer value is zero, NetWare Lite Cache
operates as a write-through cache. The deferred write
feature speeds up your computer in two ways:
1. It groups multiple small-write requests into fewer
large-write requests.
2. It avoids repetitive writes to the same sectors.
DOS spends much of its time writing and rewriting
the same File Attribute Table (FAT) sectors on your
disk. When deferred writes are pending and a new
write request is made for the same sectors, the new
write data replaces older data so the physical
write is performed once with the most recent
changes.
/U Nonconforming Partition
■ Use with NLCACHEC, NLCACHEX, and NLCACHEM.
■ Certain schemes for partitioning hard disks larger than
33 MB do not handle the disk BIOS interrupts correctly.
If the disk BIOS interrupts are handled incorrectly, use
the /U option.
■ The /U option is not required for normal DOS disk
partitions. If this option is used, only the first 256
MB of each physical disk is cached.
/V Disable INT 19 Capture
■ Use with NLCACHEC, NLCACHEX, and NLCACHEM.
■ This switch disables normal interrupt line 19 capture.
It may solve problems with rare and unusual programs that
use interrupt line 19 in a nonstandard manner.
/W Disable Duplicate Write Check
■ Use with NLCACHEX and NLCACHEM.
■ This switch suppresses duplicate write-checking that
NetWare Lite Cache normally uses to avoid rewriting
cached sectors that have not changed. The checking logic
may produce false compares when used with abnormally slow
add-on memory boards. If your computer stops when the
cache is started, try using this option.
/X Disable Memory Diagnostic
■ Use with NLCACHEX and NLCACHEM.
■ When you start NetWare Lite Cache, it normally performs
a brief memory diagnostic check. If you use this option,
the memory check is skipped.
/Y Enable 8088/86 High Memory Transfers
■ Use with NLCACHEC and NLCACHEM.
■ It enables the caching of disk transfers to or from
memory addresses above B000:0000 on 8088/8086 computers.
If this option is not used when NLCACHEC is running,
transfers are not cached due to the potential hardware
DMA (Direct Memory Access) channel unreliability.
/Z Disable Snooze Alarm
■ Use with NLCACHEC, NLCACHEX, and NLCACHEM.
■ This switch disables NetWare Lite Cache's snooze alarm.
The snooze alarm generates a low-pitched beep if NetWare
Lite Cache is unable to find a safe time slot to complete
a deferred write. The alarm sounds every 5 seconds until
pending deferred writes are completed.
NetWare LITE CACHE CONTROL
After NetWare Lite Cache is started, you can control its
operation by executing a cache control command. The control
command consists of the name of the caching program and a
control option. For example, if you use NLCACHEX and want to
get help on NetWare Lite Cache options, type the following:
NLCACHEX /HELP <Enter>
Cache Control Commands
/HELP
■ Use with NLCACHEC, NLCACHEX, and NLCACHEM.
■ This switch displays parameters and options that can be
used in the cache-startup command line and lists the
cache control commands.
/Q Quit
■ Use with NLCACHEC, NLCACHEX, and NLCACHEM.
■ If NetWare Lite Cache was started as a TSR from the DOS
prompt or batch file, this option terminates the NetWare
Lite Cache program and attempts to release all memory it
was using. If other TSR programs were loaded after
NetWare Lite Cache, NetWare Lite Cache's conventional
memory may be locked. If this happens, you may be able
to quit NetWare Lite Cache by unloading the TSR programs
that were loaded after NetWare Lite Cache and trying the
/Q command again.
■ If NetWare Lite Cache was started from your CONFIG.SYS
file as a device driver, this option has no effect.
Device drivers cannot be removed from memory. The only
way to take a device driver out of memory is to remove
its "device=" statement from your CONFIG.SYS file and
reboot your computer.
- Disable and Flush
■ Use with NLCACHEC, NLCACHEX, and NLCACHEM.
■ Flushes the cache buffers and disables the cache. When
the cache is disabled, hard disk reads and writes are
performed as if the cache was never loaded. The cache
remains in memory and can be enabled with the "+" option.
+ Enable and Flush
■ Use with NLCACHEC, NLCACHEX, and NLCACHEM.
■ This switch flushes the cache buffers, resets the cache
statistics to 0, and enables the cache if it was
previously disabled with the "-"option.
? Status
■ Use with NLCACHEC, NLCACHEX, and NLCACHEM.
■ Displays cache status. The top portion of the status
screen displays:
1. Cache size
2. Drives being cached
3. Current cache options
■ In some cases, NetWare Lite Cache may selectively enable
certain options, even though these options were not
specified on the cache startup command. If the cache has
been disabled with the "-" option, the screen displays
"cache is inactive." If "cache is inactive" is followed
by an error code, a serious problem exists. An error
code 99 indicates that some other program is writing into
NetWare Lite Cache's control tables. Any other error
code indicates a problem with your add-on memory.
The Disk Usage Statistics show the following:
1. Number of read requests that DOS made
2. Number of physical disk reads that were performed
3. Percentage of reads saved because the data was in
the cache
4. Number of write requests that DOS made
5. Number of physical disk writes actually performed
6. Percentage of disk writes saved because they were
duplicated writes or the data had not changed
The Error Statistics show the following:
1. Number of cache memory errors
2. Number of disk transfer errors
3. Number of errors ignored by the user
Memory Errors are tallied whenever an error is detected in
your extended or expanded memory subsystem.
Disk errors are tallied whenever an error is reported by your
disk drive subsystem. Errors ignored by users are tallied
when a disk error is detected while performing a deferred
write and a user enters an ignore response at the "Retry or
Ignore" prompt.
MEMORY REQUIREMENT
The resident conventional memory size required by NetWare Lite
Cache is the total of the following:
┌────────────────────┬────────────────┬──────────────┬──────
────────────┐
│ SIZES │ NLCACHEC │ NLCACHEX │
NLCACHEM │
├────────────────────┼────────────────┼──────────────┼──────
────────────┤
│Cache Program Size │ 8 KB │ 8 KB │ 8 KB
│
├────────────────────┼────────────────┼──────────────┼──────
────────────┤
│LookAhead Buffer │ See /B option │ See /B option│ Note 1
Below │
│Size │ │ │
│
├────────────────────┼────────────────┼──────────────┼──────
────────────┤
│Cache Size │ The amount of │ NOT │ NOT
│
│ │ memory you │ APPLICABLE │
APPLICABLE │
│ │ allocate to │ │
│
│ │ the cache │ │
│
├────────────────────┼────────────────┼──────────────┼──────
────────────┤
│Resident Control │ │ │
│
│Table Size │ NOT │ Note 2, 3 │ Note 2,
3 Below │
│ │ APPLICABLE │ Below │
│
├────────────────────┴────────────────┴──────────────┴──────
────────────┤
│Note 1: LookAhead buffer size may be controlled with the /B=
option. │
│ If the /P option is active (see "Cache Startup
Commands"), │
│ the LookAhead buffer is placed in the EMS memory.
No │
│ resident conventional (base) memory is required for
the │
│ LookAhead Buffer.
│
│
│
│Note 2: If the /O option is active, cache sizes up to 5.3 MB
require │
│ no resident control table memory. If your cache
size exceeds │
│ 5.3 MB, multiply the cache size in megabytes by four
to get │
│ the resident control table size in kilobytes.
│
│
│
│Note 3: If the /O option is not active, the resident control
table │
│ requires 12 KB for each megabyte of cache memory.
│
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
────────────┘
COMPATIBILITY
NetWare Lite Cache is fully compatible with the XMS protocol,
DOS network protocols, DesqView, Windows 3.1, and earlier
Windows versions, and it operates with PC, XT, AT, and PS/2
compatible computers under MS-DOS and PC-DOS versions 2
through 5, DR DOS 6.0, and Windows 3.0 and 3.1.
If you use a "Load High" memory manager such as 386MAX or
QEMM, you may load the cache high. Even though this can be
done, it may seriously impair cache performance when used with
abnormally slow add-on memory boards.
ERROR MESSAGES
General Start-Up Errors
■ "Already loaded"
-- NetWare Lite Cache is already loaded.
■ "Amount not numeric"
-- Invalid size value specified.
■ "Data Compare Error at location hhhhh"
-- hhhhh is a hexadecimal memory address. An error
was detected during the memory diagnostic.
■ "Invalid command line option"
-- Improper command line option specified.
■ "No compatible fixed disk!"
-- No compatible disk found.
■ "No Extended Memory available"
-- Either your computer has no extended memory
installed, or another process is using all the
extended memory.
■ "A different NLCache is running"
-- A different version of NetWare Lite Cache caching
program is already installed.
■ "Too many drive letter options!"
-- You are attempting to cache more drives than
allowed.
■ "Unsupported sector size!"
-- NetWare Lite Cache supports only sector between 512
and 16384 bytes.
NLCACHEX Specific Start-Up Errors
■ "Insufficient Extended Memory"
-- There is not enough extended memory available to
start the cache.
■ "HMA is not available"
-- The High Memory Area at location 1024 is in use by
another program. The cache control tables will be
located in resident conventional (base) memory.
■ "XMS Error Code\ xx"
-- xx is an error code returned by the extended memory
manager. This indicates a serious malfunction in
the XMS manager. The most common error codes are
the following:
80 -- function not implemented
81 -- a VDISK device was detected
82 -- an A20 error occurred
8e -- a general driver error occurred
8f -- unrecoverable driver error occurred
A0 -- all extended memory is allocated
A1 -- all extended memory handles used
A2 -- invalid handle
A9 -- a parity error occurred
NLCACHEM Specific Startup Errors
■ "Expanded Memory content does not match data as written"
-- An error was detected during the cache start-up
memory diagnostics. You may have a hardware
malfunction.
■ "Insufficient Expanded Memory free"
-- All expanded memory is in use by other programs.
■ "No Expanded Memory Manager"
-- Install the expanded memory manager software you
received with your computer or with your expanded
memory board.
Status Errors
■ "Cache is inactive: Error 99 at (location)"
-- The cache tables have been overwritten by another
program that is accessing memory outside its
allocated region. This condition may be caused by
a faulty Terminate-and-Stay Resident (TSR) program
or by a normal program addressing memory
out-of-bounds. You can identify the offender by
removing programs one at a time until the problem
goes away.
■ "Cache is inactive: Error xx"
-- xx is the error code given by the EMM or LIM
driver. If NLCACHEM is unable to save the EMS page
map due to repeated errors from the EMS driver, the
cache shuts down. There may be a serious problem
with the EMS board or the EMM driver software.
Errors When Quitting
■ "Cannot release resident memory"
-- Other programs are loaded above NetWare Lite Cache.
You must unload these programs before quitting the
cache.
■ "Cannot remove device driver"
-- NLCache was loaded as a device that cannot be
unloaded with the /Q option.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: DOS Memory Managers and NetWare Lite v1.X
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6076
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
DOS Memory Managers and NetWare Lite v1.x
Note: Information listed in this document is intended for use
on 386 or 486 based computers. For information on other
machines, please consult your DOS manual. This document is
intended to aid the user in the basic steps of loading NetWare
Lite items into upper memory.
General Information
This basic summary is necessary to understand how to create
the best performing servers and clients with NetWare Lite.
Random Access Memory (RAM) in 386 and 486 computers has a
uniform structure. The first 640 KB of memory is known as
conventional memory, the location where applications load.
The next 384 KB of memory is known as upper memory, where
system files and other files (such as mouse drivers or network
drivers) can be loaded if memory management software is used.
On machines with more than 1 MB of RAM, the first 64 KB of
memory above 1 MB is known as the High Memory Area (HMA).
NetWare Lite v1.0 has several files that may be loaded into
upper memory. These files are normally loaded from the
STARTNET.BAT file found in the NWLITE directory. These files
are: LSL.COM, your network board driver (such as NE2000.COM),
IPXODI A, SHARE (found in your DOS directory) and CLIENT.EXE.
The proper syntax for loading these files into upper memory
depends on which version of DOS and memory manager you choose
to use. The following steps instruct you how to load NetWare
Lite files into upper memory by using memory managers from DR
DOS 6.0 and MS DOS 5.0. If you have any questions that are
not answered in this document, please consult your DOS
documentation.
The memory manager, EMM386, will relocate software into upper
memory. Without the use of the EMM386 manager, the only
memory that can be used is conventional memory (the first 640
KB of memory).
DR DOS 6.0
The memory manager included with DR DOS 6.0 is EMM386.SYS. To
load drivers and programs into upper memory, several steps
must be followed.
Note: EMM386.SYS cannot be used with other memory
managers.
1. The following is an example of a CONFIG.SYS file that is
configured to allow access to upper memory (UMB) and HMA:
HIDOS=ON
DEVICE=C:\DRDOS\EMM386.SYS /F=AUTO /B=FFFF /R=AUTO
/E=[START-END]
HIDOS=ON
In the CONFIG.SYS file, the HIDOS=ON line should be
included. This allows the computer to put information
into HMA if memory is available.
EMM386.SYS
[/F=AUTO] Performs an automatic search through upper
memory for a free 64 KB window. This is the
default.
[/B=FFFF] Relocates the DR DOS kernel, freeing space in
conventional memory for use by applications.
By using the ffff location of memory, the
kernel will be placed into HMA (if available).
[/R=AUTO] Copies data and code from Read Only Memory
(ROM), which is slow to run, into Random
Access Memory (RAM), which is very fast.
[/E=[START-END]] Excludes an area of upper memory
from the area being checked for
availability of use. This switch
should be used if an item uses a
specific memory location. For
example: If your network board had
a memory address setting of CC00 and
you used the switch [/E=CC00-CFFF],
then the EMM386.SYS driver would not
allow any software to occupy the
same area of memory. This is a
solution to random errors (the
machine lockup) that may occur if
the network board driver is
overwritten.
2. To load NetWare Lite required files into high memory in
your STARTNET.BAT file, your syntax should be similar to
the following:
NetWare LITE v1.1 NetWare LITE v1.0
HILOAD LSL HILOAD LSL
HILOAD NE2000 HILOAD NE2000
HILOAD IPXODI A HILOAD IPXODI A
HILOAD SHARE HILOAD SHARE
HILOAD SERVER SERVER
HILOAD CLIENT HILOAD CLIENT
Note: Server should not be loaded into high memory with
v1.0
3. To examine where your items are loaded into high memory,
type the following from the DOS prompt:
MEM /A /P
(/A shows all information. /P pauses at the end of every
screen.)
4. From this screen you will be given several screens of
information. To determine what is located in upper
memory, be aware that the address A000:0000 is where
conventional memory ends and upper memory begins and
FFFF:0000 is where upper memory ends and the high memory
area begins. For complete information on the MEM
command, please refer to page 258-259 of the DR DOS 6.0
User's Guide or call the DRI Automated Fax system at
1-408-649-2344. The titles pertaining to memory
management are the following:
Document Title
1000 Master Index (A Complete Listing of all Files
on the DRI Fax System.)
1300 DR DOS 6 Memory Management overview
1301 Basic Memory optimization
1302 Trouble shooting
1303 Using Third-party memory managers
1305 XMS-EMS memory pool
1306 Preventing DR DOS from loading into HMA
1307 The MEM /A Command
1308 Gate A20 and Printing Problems
MS-DOS 5.0
The memory manager included with MS-DOS 5.0 is EMM386.EXE. To
load drivers and programs into upper memory, several steps
must be followed.
In the CONFIG.SYS file, device drivers for HIMEM.SYS and
EMM386.EXE must be included and be placed in a specific order.
To ensure the proper setup, it is best to have the device line
containing HIMEM.SYS at the beginning of the CONFIG.SYS file.
The second line should contain the EMM386.EXE line, and the
third line should contain a specification of where to load the
DOS system files. For example:
DEVICE=C:\DOS\HIMEM.SYS
DEVICE=C:\DOS\EMM386.EXE /X=MMMM-NNNN NOEMS
DOS=HIGH,UMB
HIMEM.SYS
Generally, the default specifications for HIMEM.SYS are
sufficient for your system. The main exception is the
/MACHINE:XXXX specification, where XXXX is your machine
type. Please see page 611 in the MS-DOS 5.0 User's
Guide for complete information.
EMM386.EXE
Switches included with EMM386.EXE that are most commonly
used to increase system performance are the following:
[X=[MMMM-NNNN]] The MMMM-NNNN denotes an address that
EMM386.EXE will not be allowed to use. This is very
useful for excluding the address of your network-board
driver so it will not be overwritten by DOS. (If the
board memory address is set at CC00, the switch would be
X=CC00-CFFF.)
[NOEMS] Allows access to upper memory and prevents
access to expanded memory. It does allow access to
extended memory. Other switches can be found in the
MS-DOS 5.0 User's Guide on pages 605-609.
DOS
The HIGH switch allows DOS to relocate the system files
into a location called the HMA (High Memory Area),
freeing up more conventional memory space. The UMB
(Upper Memory Block) switch is for linking conventional
memory with upper memory. It is necessary to load
drivers or devices into upper memory.
Remember, to load any command high, the line must follow
the three lines listed above. The command to load a
device high in the CONFIG.SYS file is DEVICEHIGH. The
command to load an item high in the AUTOEXEC.BAT file or
any .BAT file is LH or LOADHIGH.
To load the required NetWare Lite files into high memory
in your STARTNET.BAT file, your syntax should be similar
to the following:
NetWare LITE v1.1 NetWare LITE v1.0
LH LSL LH LSL
LH NE2000 LH NE2000
LH IPXODI A LH IPXODI A
LH SHARE LH SHARE
LH SERVER SERVER
LH CLIENT LH CLIENT
Note: Server should not be loaded into high memory with
v1.0
To examine where your items are loaded into high memory,
from the DOS prompt type the following:
MEM /C |MORE
(/C classifies programs by memory usage. It also
displays conventional memory and upper memory in separate
blocks to easily determine where programs are loaded; the
|MORE command pauses at the end of every screen.)
For further questions and concerns about loading software
into upper memory, consult the MS-DOS 5.0 User's
Guide.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: NetWare Lite 1.1 and Windows 3.1 Compatibility
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6077
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: v1.1
SUPERSEDES: FYI.P.6061
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
NetWare Lite 1.1 and Windows 3.1 Compatibility
Installing Windows 3.1 on a NetWare Lite Network:
If you are upgrading from a previous version of Windows to
Windows 3.1, Novell recommends that you delete the previous
version of Windows from your hard drive before you begin
installation of Windows 3.1. This is recommended because
Windows 3.1 handles many of the settings in the initialization
files (*.INI) differently than before and will not always
convert these parameters to the new format. There are also
many drivers, including all printer drivers, that have been
changed from version 3.0 to version 3.1. By deleting any
previous version of Windows before you install version 3.1,
you ensure that all drivers will be upgraded to the correct
versions.
The first section of this document describes installing
Windows 3.1 on NetWare Lite v1.1 in both Stand Alone and
Shared Network versions. The second section, entitled DR DOS
6.0 Configuration Items, discusses general suggestions for
configuring DR DOS 6.0, NetWare Lite v1.1, and Windows 3.1 to
have a peak performance among the three. The last section,
Tips for Running Windows 3.1, describes general items
regarding Windows 3.1 and NetWare Lite v1.1 regardless of what
operating system you are using.
Installing Windows 3.1
Installing a Stand Alone Version of Windows 3.1
Follow the regular installation procedures to install Windows
3.1 as a stand alone version. To be able to access network
resources, run the setup program and select "No Network
Installed" as the network type. For more information, refer
to the Getting Started with Microsoft Windows booklet
included with Windows 3.1.
Installing a Shared Version of Windows 3.1
The following is intended for users who want to install
windows in shared mode. You will need to follow the steps to
install on a NetWare Lite Server then for a NetWare Lite
Client. Please refer to the Getting Started with Microsoft
Windows booklet, pages 6 to 12, for information about
installing Windows on networks in general.
Steps for Configuring a Server:
1. Decide which Server you want to install the shared copy
of Windows on. Note: There must be approximately 16 MB
of hard disk space available on the server to install a
shareable copy of Windows 3.1.
2. Insert the Windows DISK 1 in the disk drive, and go to
that drive (a: <Enter>).
3. Type SETUP /A. When Windows asks for the network path to
which it should install, type C:\WINDOWS or some other
path to which you want to install Windows. (If this
directory does not exist, Windows will create it for
you.)
As you follow the prompts, a shareable copy of Windows
will be installed on the server. Note: This will not
create an executable copy of Windows. It merely creates
a location where clients can pull the executable programs
from after they have been set up (see steps for clients,
below).
After the shared copy of Windows has been installed, the
following steps must be taken to properly configure the
network software on the server.
4. Enter the NetWare Lite menu utility by typing NET and
pressing <Enter>. Then select "Supervise the network"
and then "Network directories" options. Create a network
directory by pressing the <Insert> key. Select the
server where the WINDOWS directory is located. Type a
name for the network directory. Then enter the path to
which you installed Windows, from step 3 above. Press
<Esc> to exit and save the changes, and exit back to the
Main Menu.
5. At the Main Menu in the NET utility, select "Supervise
the Network" and then select "Server Configuration." The
CLIENT TASKS option defaults to 10 at the time of NetWare
Lite installation. Set the CLIENT TASKS in the FUTURE
column to 15 per machine connected to the network. (For
example, if you had three computers on the network, you
would set the client tasks to 45.)
6. When NetWare Lite is installed, the FILES=xx in the
CONFIG.SYS file is set to be at least 30. This needs to
be increased on the server by 20 per machine connected.
You can change this by using a text editor (such as
DR-DOS 6.0 EDITOR) to edit the CONFIG.SYS file.
7. After you have performed these steps for the server,
reboot the server for these changes to take effect.
Steps for Configuring a Client:
There are three ways to set up Windows from the shared copy
installed on the server in the steps above. Please refer to
page 7 in Getting Started with Microsoft Windows for a
further explanation of the three methods.
Option A. Copy all Windows 3.1 files to the Client machine's
hard drive.
Setting up Windows in this way will give each user
the fastest performance of Windows. However, it
will also greatly increase the amount of disk space
used and force all clients to have their own hard
disks.
Option B. Copy only custom configuration files to the Client
machine's hard drive. All other files will be run
from the shared copy installed on the server in the
steps above.
Setting up Windows in this way will take up less
disk space than option A above. However, it will
run slower and client machines still must have
their own hard disks.
Option C. No files will be stored on the Client machine's
hard drive. Instead, the custom configuration
files will be stored in a subdirectory on a network
server and all other files will be run from the
shared copy of Windows installed on the server in
the steps above.
Setting up Windows in this way is the most
conservative as far as disk space is concerned. It
also gives the option of leaving the client
machines as "diskless workstations," or machines
without hard disks. However, it is also the
slowest way to run Windows because everything must
be pulled off the network any time Windows is run.
The steps below are instructions to install Windows from the
shared copy using Options A, B, and C above.
Option A. Copy all files to the Client machine's hard drive.
1. Load NetWare Lite by typing STARTNET. Map a drive
to the network directory that was created on the
server in the Steps for Configuring a Server listed
above. For example, if the Network Directory you
created in step 4 above was WIN31, you would type
the following:
NET MAP I: WIN31 <Enter>
2. Change to the drive you mapped (I: in this example)
I: <Enter>
3. Type SETUP and press <Enter>, and follow the
prompts to install a copy of Windows to your local
drive.
When prompted to either run an Express Setup or a
Custom Setup, choose Custom. The custom setup
allows you to preview the changes that are being
made to the different files on your computer.
Refer to Windows documentation for questions
regarding the installation.
4. When Windows prompts you, choose to "let you make
the modifications later" option. You will then be
prompted with a path and file name in which to
place a file with Windows-proposed changes to your
AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS files. Depending on
which version of DOS you are using, you will need
to make certain changes after installing Windows.
DR DOS 6.0 None of these changes are necessary
if you are running DR DOS. You will
only need to verify, after
installing Windows, that the
subdirectory to which you are
installing Windows is in the PATH=
statement in your AUTOEXEC.BAT file.
MS-DOS If you are running MS-DOS, you will
want to look at the Windows-proposed
AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS files,
to see the changes that it wanted to
make for you. The changes you will
be looking for are the following:
In the AUTOEXEC.BAT file, Windows
will insert a line to run the
SmartDrive disk caching utility.
However, there have been some
problems running with SmartDrive.
See the section on "Third-Party Disk
Caches," towards the end of this
document. It is suggested that you
run with either NetWare Lite NLCache
or DR-DOS PCKwik disk cache.
In the CONFIG.SYS file, Windows will
usually try to include its own
memory manager, which includes the
HIMEM.SYS file, and the EMM386.EXE
file. For MS-DOS this should be
fine. However, if you experience
memory problems or are running with
a different memory manager, you will
want to leave these lines how they
were before the Windows
installation. You will also want to
include a line STACKS=9,256 in the
CONFIG.SYS file, which is a fix to
MS-DOS to handle hardware
interrupts.
5. Follow the prompts to continue the installation of
Windows. Note: When prompted to install printers,
select and install any printers you have connected.
Make sure they are specified as connected to port
LPT1.DOS or LPT2.DOS, depending on which ports you
have captured to network printers, instead of the
normal LPT1 and LPT2 ports. See "Network Printing
and Windows 3.1" later in this document.
In the printer configuration, you will need to turn
off the "Fast Printing Direct to Port" option.
Printing with this enabled bypasses any DOS calls;
therefore, you would not be able to print to
network printers. To do this, choose "Connect" at
the printer definition window. Turn of the "Fast
Printing Direct to Port" option.
6. Continue following the prompts to finish the installation
of Windows.
After you finish the installation of Windows, you will
need to edit the SYSTEM.INI file in the directory to
which you installed Windows. See the section "Changes to
SYSTEM.INI" towards the end of this document.
You will now run Windows from your local drive instead of
the I: drive. Verify that the subdirectory on your local
drive that you selected in SETUP is included in your
AUTOEXEC.BAT file in the PATH= statement, as you will
need this to run Windows.
Option B. Custom configuration files are copied to the Client
machine's hard drive. All other files will be run
from the shared copy installed on the server in the
steps above.
1. Load NetWare Lite by typing STARTNET. Map a drive
to the network directory that was created on the
server in the Steps for Configuring a Server listed
above. For example, if the Network Directory you
created in step 4 above was WIN31, you would type
the following:
NET MAP I: WIN31 <Enter>
2. Create a subdirectory on the Client's hard drive in
which to put the custom files (MD C:\DAVE <Enter>).
3. Go to the network drive containing the Windows
files (I: in this example)
I: <Enter>
4. Type SETUP /N, then follow the Windows installation
instructions.
■ When prompted to either run an Express Setup
or a Custom Setup, choose Custom. This allows
you to preview the changes that are being made
to the different files on your computer.
Note: At the prompt for the path of the
Windows files, enter the subdirectory that you
created in step 2 (C:\DAVE).
■ Also, at the configuration screen, select the
"No Network Installed" Network option.
5. When Windows prompts you, choose to "let you make
the modifications later" option. Then you will be
prompted a path and file name in which to place a
file with Windows-proposed changes to your
AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS files. Depending on
which version of DOS you are using, you will need
to make certain changes after installing Windows.
DR DOS 6.0 None of these changes are necessary
if you are running DR DOS. You will
only need to verify, after
installing Windows, that the network
directory where the shared version
of Windows is installed and the user
subdirectory to which you installed
the custom configuration files (I:
and C:\DAVE in this example) are
both in the PATH= statement in your
AUTOEXEC.BAT file.
MS DOS If you are running MS DOS, you will
want to look at the Windows-proposed
AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS files to
see the changes that it wanted to
make for you. The changes you will
be looking for are the following:
In the AUTOEXEC.BAT file, Windows
will insert a line to run the
SmartDrive disk caching utility.
However, there have been some
problems running with SmartDrive.
See the section on "Third-Party Disk
Caches," towards the end of this
document. It is suggested that you
run with either NetWare Lite NLCache
or DR-DOS PCKwik disk cache.
In the CONFIG.SYS file, Windows will
usually try to include its own
memory manager, which include the
HIMEM.SYS file, and the EMM386.EXE
file. For MS-DOS this should be
fine. However, if you experience
memory problems or are running with
a different memory manager you will
want to leave these lines how they
were before the Windows
installation. You will also want to
include a line STACKS=9,256 in the
CONFIG.SYS file, which is a fix to
MS-DOS to handle hardware
interrupts.
6. Follow the prompts to continue the installation of
Windows. Note: When prompted to install printers,
select and install any printers you have connected.
Make sure they are specified as connected to port
LPT1.DOS, or LPT2.DOS, depending on which ports you
have captured to network printers instead of the
normal LPT1 and LPT2 ports. See the "Network
Printing and Windows 3.1" section later in this
document.
In the printer configuration, you will need to turn
off "Fast Printing Direct to Port" off. Printing
with this enabled bypasses any DOS calls; therefore
you would not be able to print to network printers.
To do this, choose "Connect" at the printer
definition window. Turn off the "Fast Printing
Direct to Port" option.
7. Continue following the prompts to finish installing
Windows.
After you finish the installation of Windows, you will
need to edit the SYSTEM.INI file in the subdirectory to
which you installed Windows custom configuration files
(C:\DAVE in this example). See the "Changes to
SYSTEM.INI" section towards the end of this document.
Once you reboot, load the network by typing STARTNET.
Then, once you have performed your drive mappings and
printer captures, you can type WIN to enter Windows.
Option C. No files will be stored on the Client machine's
hard drive. Instead, the custom configuration
files will be stored in a subdirectory on a network
server and all other files will be run from the
shared copy of Windows installed on the server in
the steps above.
1. Load NetWare Lite by typing STARTNET. Map a drive
to the network directory that was created on the
server in the "Steps for Configuring a Server"
section listed above. For example, if the Network
Directory you created in step 4 above was WIN31,
you would type the following:
NET MAP I: WIN31 <Enter>
2. Create a subdirectory on the Server's hard drive in
which to put the custom files (MD C:\STEVE
<Enter>).
3. Create a network directory that looks at the user's
subdirectory by doing the following:
■ Enter the NetWare Lite menu utility by typing
NET and pressing <Enter>.
■ Then select the "Supervise the network" then
"Network directories" options.
■ Create a network directory by pressing the
<Insert> key.
■ Select the server on which you want to store
your custom files.
■ Enter the path of the subdirectory you created
in step 3, such as C:\STEVE.
4. Map a drive to this network directory:
NET MAP G: STEVE <Enter>
5. Go to the network drive containing the Windows
files (I: in this example).
I: <Enter>
6. Type SETUP /N then follow the Windows installation
instructions.
■ When prompted to either run an Express Setup
or a Custom Setup, choose Custom. This allows
you to preview the changes that are being made
to the different files on your computer.
Note: At the prompt for the path of the
Windows files, enter the drive you have mapped
to the custom files network directory from
step 4 above (in this example it would be G:).
■ Also, at the configuration screen, select the
Network option "No Network Installed."
7. When Windows prompts you, choose to "let you make
the modifications later." You will then be
prompted a path and file name in which to place a
file with Windows-proposed changes to your
autoexec.bat and config.sys files. Depending on
which version of DOS you are using, you will need
to make certain changes after installing Windows.
DR DOS 6.0 None of these changes are necessary
if you are running DR DOS. You will
only need to verify, after
installing Windows, that the network
directory where the shared version
of Windows is installed and the
network directory to which you
installed the custom configuration
files (I: and G:\ in this example)
are both in the PATH= statement in
your AUTOEXEC.BAT file.
MS DOS If you are running MS DOS, you will
want to look at the Windows-proposed
AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS files to
see the changes that it proposed for
you. The changes you will be
looking for are the following:
In the AUTOEXEC.BAT file, Windows
will insert a line to run the
SmartDrive disk caching utility.
However, there have been some
problems running with SmartDrive.
See the section on "Third-Party Disk
Caches," towards the end of this
document. It is suggested that you
run with either NetWare Lite NLCache
or DR-DOS PCKwik disk cache.
In the CONFIG.SYS file, Windows will
usually try to include its own
memory manager, which include the
HIMEM.SYS file, and the EMM386.EXE
file. For MS-DOS this should be
fine. However, if you experience
memory problems or are running with
a different memory manager you will
want to leave these lines how they
were before the Windows
installation. You will also want to
include a line STACKS=9,256 in the
CONFIG.SYS file, which is a fix to
MS-DOS to handle hardware
interrupts.
8. Follow the prompts to continue the installation of
Windows. Note: When prompted to install printers,
select and install any printers you have connected.
Make sure they are specified as connected to port
LPT1.DOS, or LPT2.DOS, depending on which ports you
have captured to network printers, instead of the
normal LPT1 and LPT2 ports. See the "Network
Printing and Windows 3.1" section later in this
document.
In the printer configuration, you will need to turn
off "Fast Printing Direct to Port" option.
Printing with this enabled bypasses any DOS calls;
therefore, you would not be able to print to
network printers. To do this, choose "Connect" at
the printer definition window. Turn off the "Fast
Printing Direct to Port" option.
9. Continue following the prompts to finish installing
Windows.
After you finish the installation of Windows, you will
need to edit the SYSTEM.INI file in the network directory
to which you installed Windows custom configuration files
(G: in this example). See the "Changes to SYSTEM.INI"
section towards the end of this document.
After you reboot, load the network by typing STARTNET.
Then, once you have performed your drive mappings and
printer captures, type WIN to enter Windows.
DR DOS 6.0 Configuration Items:
The following items are for maximizing performance of Windows
3.1 on a NetWare Lite network running DR DOS 6.0.
1. To run with Windows 3.1 you must have the DR DOS 6.0,
April 92, Update diskettes. Because Windows 3.1 was
released after DR DOS 6.0, there were changes made to
several DR DOS files to be fully compatible with Windows.
2. If you are using the Super PC-Kwik (SUPERPCK) disk
caching utility that comes with DR DOS 6.0, there are
certain things you can do to optimize the performance of
Windows and NetWare Lite v1.1. First, you will need to
have a line in your CONFIG.SYS file that calls the Super
PC-Kwik Windows driver, called PCKWIN.SYS. A sample
command line for this would be the following:
DEVICE=C:\DRDOS\PCKWIN.SYS.
There are also a few command line switches that should be
changed or added. They are the following:
/H- This option needs to be added for
compatibility with NetWare Lite. It turns off
the advanced reads and writes that can cause
data corruption on some networks. There will
still be read caching that is performed and
not just the advanced reads and writes.
/L:xxx
/R:xxx Both of these options, if present on the
command-line of SUPERPCK, should be removed.
PC-Kwik defaults to use all available extended
or expanded memory for the disk cache. Then
it will, if a request is made by some
application such as Windows, turn around and
lend up to half of that memory back. That is
controlled by these options.
However, it is easier to optimize the disk
cache with Windows if you can control the
exact amount of the cache. For this reason,
the next option is used.
/S:xxx This option instructs SUPERPCK how much memory
to use for its cache, and you don't have to
worry about how much is getting lent back.
You just tell the cache exactly how much you
do want it to use.
If you do not include an amount (xxx), the /S:
option will default to all available extended
memory. The following are suggested amounts
of memory to allocate to the cache through the
/S: parameter based on the amount of RAM in
your machine.
┌──────────────────┬───────────────────────┐
│ AMOUNT OF RAM │ SUGGESTED CACHE SIZE │
├──────────────────┼───────────────────────┤
│ Less than 2 MB │ Do not use a cache │
│ 2 to 4 MB │ 512 KB │
│ 4 to 6 MB │ 1024 KB │
│ above 6 MB │ 2048 KB │
│ │ │
└──────────────────┴───────────────────────┘
The reason for the small cache sizes is that
Windows needs all the memory that it can get
to perform at its peak. By taking RAM away
from Windows and allocating it to a cache,
Windows may be forced to use a swap file on
disk where it could have run more from RAM if
no cache or a smaller cache had been
allocated. So by having a small cache, you
increase disk performance, and you also leave
as much memory available to Windows as
possible so that it will be running at an
optimum speed.
3. If you have a network board in a 386 or 486 machine that
uses a RAM or shared memory address, you need to exclude
that address in the memory manager command line. To do
this, edit your CONFIG.SYS file and change the EMM386.SYS
command. The format will be similar to the following:
DEVICE=C:\DRDOS\EMM386.SYS ....(current
options)... /E=nnnn-mmmm
where /E tells the memory manager (emm386.sys) not to
allocate the range from nnnn to mmmm to any other
programs. (It is in use by your network board; and you
need to make sure that no other programs are loaded at
the same memory addresses). nnnn and mmmm represent
beginning and ending range addresses for the range to
exclude. The following table shows the most common RAM
addresses used by network boards, and the values for nnnn
and mmmm based on those values.
┌──────────────────────┬──────────────┬────────────────────────
──────┐
│ MEMORY ADDRESS │ nnnn* │ 8 KB---mmmm*--16 KB
│
├──────────────────────┼──────────────┼────────────────────────
──────┤
│ C0000 │ C000 │ C1FF C3FF
│
│ C8000 │ C800 │ C9FF CBFF
│
│ CC000 │ CC00 │ CDFF CFFF
│
│ D0000 │ D000 │ D1FF D3FF
│
│ D8000 │ D800 │ D9FF DBFF
│
├──────────────────────┴──────────────┴────────────────────────
──────┤
│ * nnnn indicates starting memory address as found in NET.CFG
file.│
│ * mmmm indicates suggested ending address to be used.
│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
──────┘
Note: If you do not know whether your network board needs
8 KB or 16 KB for shared memory, you should use the
larger 16 KB value.
Note: If you do not know the memory address your network
board uses, you can type the command TYPE
C:\NWLITE\NET.CFG and look at the MEM value. (The
NET.CFG file instructs your board driver how to
initialize your network board.)
If you are not using EMM386.SYS in the CONFIG.SYS file,
add the following line in the [386Enh] section of the
SYSTEM.INI file in your windows directory:
EMMExclude=nnnn-mmmm
Replace nnnn and mmmm with the values from the tables
above. Do not worry if there is already an EMMExclude
line in your SYSTEM.INI file. Multiple copies of this
line are valid and will operate correctly.
Note: For more information on the EMM386.SYS exclude
command-line option, please see pages 17 through 19 in
the DR DOS 6.0 Customization and Optimization Tips
manual.
4. If you are running on a SuperStored drive, be aware that
swap files (whether permanent or temporary) cannot exist
on a compressed partition of your hard drive. If your
entire hard drive is compressed or if not enough room is
on the uncompressed partition, you will either have to
run without a swap file or go through a few steps to
reset your SuperStore partition.
Swap files are written to the disk in nonstandard
formats. This gives it the benefit of a fast access
time. However, swap files may not be created on
SuperStored partitions.
If you decide you want to have a swap file on your hard
drive that is SuperStored and do not have the space on
the uncompressed partition, the following steps can help
you set up your drive again for use with windows:
a. Backup all data on the compressed partition of your
hard drive. You will be removing the SuperStor
partition; therefore, all data on the hard drive
will be erased. If you do not have a backup of
your data, you will lose it all.
b. Uncompress the drive by running the SuperStore
utility (SSTOR) and choosing "remove" to remove the
SuperStore partition.
Note: If the entire hard disk was SuperStored, you
may need to reinstall DR DOS because removing the
SuperStore partition will remove any files on your
hard disk thus removing your DR DOS files.
c. Recreate the SuperStore partition by running
SuperStore and choosing "create." When prompted,
enter the amount of space to be left uncompressed.
You will need to enter this amount in kilobytes
("K"). 1024 kilobytes is equal to 1 megabyte.
Remember that this portion of the disk needs to be
large enough for your boot files and your permanent
swap file. (A 5 MB swap file is a good size.)
d. You can now restore your data from your backup copy
to your newly compressed SuperStore partition.
There is one more thing to remember about
SuperStored partitions. When Window searches for
the memory manager (EMM386.SYS), it will be looking
for the manager in the same path from which it was
loaded. You will need to make sure that the
EMM386.SYS driver is in the same subdirectory on
both the compressed and noncompressed partitions of
your hard drive. For example, if the EMM386.SYS
file is in the DRDOS subdirectory on your
noncompressed partition, make sure that there is a
DRDOS subdirectory with the same file in it on your
compressed partition.
TIPS FOR RUNNING WINDOWS 3.1
Network Operations
You should run STARTNET.BAT before entering Windows. You
should also map drives and capture ports before entering
Windows.
Mapped Drives and Connections
Windows will display an error message if you try to access a
drive on a server that has gone down. Any attempt to access
that drive will fail. Under regular DOS, this error is
trapped and the client saves enough information to
automatically restore the connection to that network directory
when the downed server returns to the network. Windows
prevents regular DOS from trapping this error. To restore
connections to your mapped drive, exit Windows and reissue the
NET MAP command when the server is back on the network.
Network Printing and Windows 3.1
If you want to print from Windows to a network printer, you
must setup the printer in Windows as a printer on port
LPT1.DOS (that replaces LPT1.OS2 in Windows 3.0) or LPT2.DOS
depending on which port is captured. This is to instruct
Windows to use the information that DOS provides it (such as
a NET CAPTURE command you may have issued to print to the
network printer) to print to LPT1 instead of trying to go to
its own physical LPT port.
In the printer configuration, you will need to turn off "Fast
Printing Direct to Port" option. Printing with this enabled
bypasses any DOS calls; therefore, you would not be able to
print to network printers. To do this, go into the Control
Panel, in Printers, and highlight the printer. This option
will show up after highlighting the printer and choosing
"Connect." Turn off "Fast Printing Direct to Port" option.
You will also want to disable the Print Manager inside Windows
for the best printing performance. The reason for this is
that using the print manager only makes the print job go
through two print spoolers. It passes once through the print
manager, and then through the NetWare Lite spooler. This only
takes more time and will slow down your printing.
NetWare Lite Messages
Messages sent to network users through NetWare Lite will not
be received if the user to whom you are sending the message is
in Windows.
Windows Modes
If you are experiencing a problem that only occurs when
NetWare Lite is loaded and if the problem seems unsolvable,
experiment with the other Windows mode to see if the problem
is corrected. The Windows mode can be changed by using one of
the following command line parameters:
Standard Mode: WIN /S
Enhanced Mode: WIN /3
(Note that Windows 3.1 does not include an option to run in
Real Mode as did version 3.0.)
Swap Files
Windows 3.1 can use swap files to enhance the performance of
multiple tasks. By default, Windows will try to create a swap
file on your hard disk at installation. Do not try to create
a permanent swap file on a network drive or create temporary
swap files on any network drive other than a separate user
subdirectory to which other users will not have access. It
will corrupt any other swap file that may be in that
subdirectory. Every user needs to have access to their own
swap files. If you do not have a local hard disk on which to
store a permanent swap file, Novell recommends using a
temporary swap file in your user subdirectory on the network.
This will avoid conflicts between two users' permanent or
temporary swap files. (Note: If you are running a shared
version of Windows on the server, you should MAP drives to the
network directories and not use the DOS SUBST command. This
is unique to Windows 3.1. In all other applications, using
the DOS SUBST command on a server in place of the NET MAP
command is recommended).
Interrupts
VPICDA.386 is a patch written by Microsoft that fixes problems
that arise when network boards are set to an interrupt of 2,
3, or 9 and above, for use with Windows 3.0. Microsoft states
that you no longer need this patch with Windows 3.1. If you
run across problems using these interrupts, check to see if
you have a conflict with some other device using the same
interrupt. Interrupt 2, being used by a machine with a VGA
monitor, is the most common conflict that people run into.
(See Fax Document 212 or FYI.P.6054 for information on
resolving interrupt and I/O address conflicts.)
Base I/O Addresses
I/O addresses below 300 should not be used for network boards
on machines that also use Windows.
Changes to SYSTEM.INI
Make sure that the following lines are in the [386Enh] section
of the Windows SYSTEM.INI file:
[386Enh]
UniqueDOSPSP = ON
PSPIncrement=5
TimerCriticalSection=10000
ReflectDOSInt2A=ON
OverlappedIO=OFF
If you do not have these options set, you will not be able to
enter Windows if you have NetWare Lite loaded. You will be
given a message that they need to be added and returned to the
DOS prompt. The purpose of these changes is to enhance the
compatibility between Windows and networks.
Changes to WIN.INI
There are several options you can set in the WIN.INI file for
network control. NetWare Lite does not require using anything
other than the default values for these options. Consult your
Windows documentation for further information if you wish to
change these options.
Third-Party Disk Caches
Some third-party disk caches do not work with NetWare Lite
v1.1 or networks in general. If you have problems with
Windows running slowly with your disk cache, you may want to
shrink the size of memory allocated to the disk cache as
explained in the section "DR DOS 6.0 Configuration Items,"
number 2, which discusses Super PCKwik.
If you are using a disk cache other than the NetWare Lite
NLCache, you will need to disable the advanced reads and
writes, sometimes called delayed or deferred writes. To do
this, you will need to refer to the documentation of your
particular disk cache.
If you have problems with corrupted files or lockups, you may
want to remove your disk cache. There are some third-party
caches, especially those that perform advanced reads and
delayed writes, that have compatibility problems with NetWare
Lite. If you have questions about what has been tested with
NetWare Lite, check Fax Document 206 or FYI.P.6077,
Application Compatibility List.
Third Party Memory Managers
If you have questions about your memory manager, you may want
to check the section DR DOS 6.0 Configuration Items, numbers
3 and 4, which discuss EMM386.SYS, the memory manager that
ships with DR DOS 6.0. Though the syntax of commands may be
different, the items that you need to do are usually the same.
You will need to refer to your documentation on your memory
manager to decide the best format for those commands.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Converting High Density to Low - (NetWare Lite
v1.0)
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6078
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Converting High Density to Low (NetWare Lite v1.0)
This document was created to help anyone who has NetWare Lite
v1.0 on a single high density disk but needs it on two low
density disks because of floppy drive limitations. The source
code is the same for NetWare Lite sold on one 3 1/2 diskette
as that sold on two 5 1/4 diskettes. If you have it on one 3
1/2 diskette, the only crucial part to converting it over to
two 5 1/4 is placing the right files on the right diskette.
The first diskette is called the PROGRAM diskette and must
contain the following:
CLIENT EXE 16102 09-11-91 7:11p
INSTALL EXE 44032 09-11-91 7:11p
NET EXE 29416 09-11-91 7:11p
SERVER EXE 34310 09-12-91 7:11p
NET HLP 95574 09-11-91 7:11p
LITE$RUN OVL 2400 09-11-91 7:11p
README TXT 32648 09-12-91 7:11p
The second diskette is called the DRIVERS diskette and must
contain the following:
DRIVER LST 1221 09-11-91 7:11p
WDPLUS COM 17076 06-21-91 2:11p
3C503 COM 14821 06-14-91 9:14a
3C523 COM 12238 07-29-91 9:35a
IPXODI COM 20885 06-25-91 1:52p
LSL COM 7557 06-25-91 1:42p
NE1000 COM 12717 07-29-91 9:37a
NE2 COM 13028 07-29-91 9:33a
NE2000 COM 13018 06-03-91 1:25p
NET OVL 87092 09-11-91 7:11p
PCN2L COM 14117 07-17-91 3:40p
TOKEN COM 15663 06-14-91 4:10p
TRXNET COM 12128 08-06-91 10:48a
DEDICATE COM 170 09-11-91 7:11p
DEMO EXE 11766 09-11-91 7:11p
NETBIOS EXE 21506 11-15-90 3:48p
NLSNIPES EXE 18042 09-11-91 7:11p
NE2000 INS 96 09-11-91 7:11p
3C503 INS 170 09-11-91 7:11p
WDPLUS INS 219 09-11-91 7:11p
NE1000 INS 97 09-11-91 7:11p
TRXNET INS 203 09-11-91 7:11p
After these files have been copied appropriately, place the
program diskette in one of the floppy drives and type INSTALL.
The install process will then continue as described in the
manual.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Installing or Upgrading NetWare Lite v1.1
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6080
DATE: 03DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: v1.1
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Installing or Upgrading NetWare Lite v1.1
INSTALL NetWare LITE v1.1
Use these procedures when the workstation does not have a copy
of NetWare Lite v1.0. If you install the same copy of NetWare
Lite v1.1 on more than one computer on your network, the
system displays a license violation error.
For Server-only, Client-only, or Server-client Workstations
Loading from a Hard Drive
1. Place the NetWare Lite v1.1 PROGRAM diskette into a disk
drive. With the DOS prompt set to the disk drive, type
INSTALL, and press <Enter>.
2. Follow the instructions on the screen.
For Client-only Workstations Loading from a Client Diskette
(Except those Loading from a Bootable 5.25-inch, Low-density
Client Diskette)
1. Format a diskette (either bootable or nonbootable).
2. Place the NetWare Lite v1.1 PROGRAM diskette into a disk
drive. With the DOS prompt set to the disk drive, type
INSTALL, and press <Enter>.
3. Select "Make this machine a client."
4. When the "Install Client" form appears, change the
"Target directory for CLIENT software" field to a disk
drive letter, press <Enter>, and follow the instructions
on the screen. Files are copied to memory and a prompt
appears.
5. When prompted for the target diskette, insert the
formatted diskette into the specified disk drive, press
<Esc>, and follow the instructions on the screen.
For Client-only Workstations Loading from a Bootable
5.25-inch, Low-density Client Diskette
1. Format a blank, nonbootable diskette.
2. Format a blank bootable diskette.
3. Place the NetWare Lite v1.1 PROGRAM diskette into a disk
drive. With the DOS prompt set to the disk drive, type
INSTALL and press <Enter>.
4. Select "Make this machine a client."
5. When the "Install Client" form appears, change the
"Target directory for CLIENT software" field to the same
disk drive that the PROGRAM diskette is in, press
<Enter>, and follow the instructions on the screen.
Files are copied to memory and a prompt appears.
6. When prompted for the target diskette, remove the PROGRAM
diskette from the disk drive, insert the nonbootable
diskette into the same disk drive, press <Esc>, and
follow the instructions on the screen.
7. Delete NET.HLP from the nonbootable diskette. This
removes the online help function but makes enough space
to copy the files to a bootable diskette.
8. Copy the files from the nonbootable diskette to the
bootable diskette. See your DOS documentation for copy
instructions.
9. Boot the computer using the NetWare Lite v1.1 bootable
client diskette.
UPGRADE FROM NetWare LITE v1.0 to v1.1
Use the upgrade option to change a workstation's NetWare Lite
v1.0 to v1.1. You can upgrade all computers on the network
running NetWare Lite v1.0 to v1.1 with only one copy of
NetWare Lite v1.1.
Note: It is imperative that all machines with NetWare Lite
v1.0 be upgraded to v1.1 at the same time. Under no
circumstances should both versions be on the same Network
simultaneously.
For Server-only, Client-only, or Server-client Workstations
Loading from a Hard Drive
1. Place the NetWare Lite v1.1 PROGRAM diskette into a disk
drive. With the DOS prompt set to the disk drive, type
INSTALL and press <Enter>.
2. Select "Upgrade this machine to v1.1."
3. Follow the instructions on the screen.
For Client-only Workstations Loading from a Client Diskette
(Except those Loading from a Bootable 5.25-inch, Low-density,
Client Diskette)
1. Place the NetWare Lite v1.1 PROGRAM diskette into a disk
drive. With the DOS prompt set to the disk drive, type
INSTALL and press <Enter>.
2. Select "Upgrade this machine to v1.1."
3. When the "Type the directory path of NWLITE 1.0" prompt
appears, type the disk drive letter and press <Enter>.
Files are copied to memory and a prompt appears.
4. When prompted for the target diskette, insert the
workstation's client diskette into the specified disk
drive and press <Esc>.
5. Follow the instructions on the screen.
For Client-only Workstations Loading from a Bootable
5.25-inch, Low-density, Client Diskette
NetWare Lite v1.1 client software fits on a nonbootable
5.25-inch, low-density diskette, but it does not fit on a
bootable diskette.
1. Format a blank, nonbootable diskette.
2. Copy the NetWare Lite v1.0 CLIENT.EXE from the original
NetWare Lite v1.0 PROGRAM diskette or your NetWare Lite
v1.0 client diskette to the nonbootable diskette. See
your DOS documentation for copy instructions.
3. Place the NetWare Lite v1.1 PROGRAM diskette into a disk
drive. With the DOS prompt set to the disk drive, type
INSTALL and press <Enter>.
4. Select "Upgrade this machine to v1.1."
5. When the "Type the directory path of NWLITE 1.0" prompt
appears, if your PROGRAM diskette is in drive A:, type A:
and press <Enter>. If your PROGRAM diskette is in drive
B:, type B: and press <Enter>. Files are copied to
memory and a prompt appears.
6. When prompted for the target diskette, remove the PROGRAM
diskette from the disk drive, insert the diskette with
the copy of NetWare Lite v1.0 CLIENT.EXE on it into the
same drive and press <Esc>.
7. After CLIENT.EXE is upgraded and the other files are
copied to the diskette, delete NET.HLP. This removes the
online help function, but makes enough space to copy the
files to a bootable diskette.
8. Copy the files from the nonbootable diskette to your
NetWare Lite v1.0 bootable client diskette. See your DOS
documentation for copy instructions.
9. Reboot the computer using the NetWare Lite v1.0 bootable
client diskette.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Converting High Density to Low (NetWare Lite
v1.1)
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6081
DATE: 03DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: v1.1
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Converting High Density to Low (NetWare Lite v1.1)
This document is for those who have one high density diskette
and need assistance converting and transferring files to two
low density diskettes. The following is a list of the files
needing to be placed on each diskette.
First diskette must be labeled PROGRAM and contain the
following files:
NE2000 INS 96 9-11-91 7:11p
3C503 INS 170 9-11-91 7:11p
WDPLUS INS 219 9-11-91 7:11p
NE1000 INS 97 9-11-91 7:11p
TRXNET INS 203 9-11-91 7:11p
LITE$RUN OVL 2400 9-11-91 7:11p
NET EXE 35368 5-28-92 4:05p
TBMI CO@ 4615 7-10-91 12:27p
TBMI2 CO@ 5062 12-04-91 2:46p
DRIVER LST 1556 4-01-92 11:24p
SERVER EXE 45411 7-01-92 8:25a
NET HL@ 17492 5-18-92 3:41p
NET OVL 95685 6-16-92 1:47p
NE1500T INS 127 3-23-92 8:44a
NE2100 INS 126 3-23-92 8:43a
INSTALL EXE 59754 6-30-92 8:29a
CLIENT EXE 21081 6-29-92 4:40p
The second diskette must be labeled DRIVER and contain the
following files:
3C503 CO@ 8574 6-14-91 9:14a
3C523 CO@ 7604 7-29-91 9:35a
DEDICATE COM 192 3-10-92 9:31a
NE1000 CO@ 7889 7-29-91 9:37a
NE1500T CO@ 8038 10-11-91 5:09p
NE2 CO@ 9283 11-04-91 4:19p
NE2000 CO@ 8181 6-03-91 1:25p
NE2100 CO@ 8034 10-11-91 5:10p
NETBIOS EX@ 12653 5-18-92 3:26p
IPXODI CO@ 12252 11-20-91 4:57p
NLCACHEM EX@ 2362 5-05-92 12:47p
NLCACHEX EX@ 13873 5-05-92 12:47p
NLCACHEC EX@ 10706 5-05-92 12:46p
NLSNIPES EXE 18042 9-11-91 7:11p
LSL CO@ 6031 1-30-92 4:05p
PCN2L CO@ 8746 7-17-91 3:40p
IPXSYNC EXE 15664 7-01-92 11:44a
WDPLUS CO@ 10902 6-21-91 2:11p
README TXT 54345 7-06-92 11:14a
TASKID CO@ 1681 12-19-90 3:48p
UPATCH EXE 19690 1-16-92 9:35a
CACHE TX@ 9753 6-01-92 5:26p
VIPX 38@ 7501 7-08-92 10:55a
TOKEN CO@ 10242 6-14-91 4:10p
TRXNET CO@ 7696 8-06-91 10:48a
NLCINST EX@ 24542 6-02-92 8:13a
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: CD-ROM drive
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6084
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
CD-ROM drive
The following describes configuring your system to run with
NetWare Lite and a CD-ROM drive:
MSCDEX.EXE, the program provided from Microsoft to run a
CD-ROM, assigns a drive letter to the CD-ROM drive. This can
default to the next available drive, or can be set to a
specific drive with the /L:x parameter, where x is the drive
letter. However, there are conflicts between MSCDEX.EXE and
CLIENT.EXE, a NetWare Lite file that is loaded to make the
machine a workstation. A workaround some of these conflicts
is the following:
PREFERRED METHOD
1. Load CLIENT.EXE then run MSCDEX.EXE
SECONDARY METHOD
This has been known to solve some but not necessarily all
CD-ROM drive and NetWare Lite issues. If PREFERRED METHOD
fails and the workstation was a CLIENT-only, it must be made
a SERVER-CLIENT.
1. Run MSCDEX.EXE before CLIENT.EXE. This will assign a
drive letter to the CD-ROM.
2. After running CLIENT.EXE, that drive letter is no longer
directly accessible by DOS. Create a network directory
that looks at the drive through the network. For
example, if the /L:G parameter was used in MSCDEX to
assign the G: drive to the CD-ROM drive, then create a
network directory (Enter NET; select SUPERVISE THE
NETWORK; select NETWORK DIRECTORIES; press <Insert>;
select your SERVER), call it something like CDROM, and
assign the "Actual directory path" to be the G: drive.
3. Then, when you map a drive to the network directory
CDROM, even though the G: drive is not accessible
directly, you can access it as a mapped drive.
For example: NET MAP J: CDROM would map J: to the
CDROM network directory that will look at the
physical drive G: that MSCDEX.EXE assigned as the
CD-ROM drive.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: NE2000 Jumper Settings
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6096
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
NE2000 Jumper Settings
This document is for the NE2000 network board only. Due to
the frequent success, use, and popularity of this network
board, Novell is providing the following information in case
the original documentation is misplaced or otherwise
unavailable.
When doing a first time installation or needing to change any
settings to avoid conflicting with other hardware, use this
handy chart.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
─────────┐
│ Set interrupt line (IRQ), use jumper block labeled W12, W13,
W14, W15.│
│
│
│ Interrupt (IRQ) Jumper blocks
│
│ Line W12 W13 W14 W15
│
│ 2 ON OFF OFF OFF
│
│ 3 OFF ON OFF OFF
│
│ 4 OFF OFF ON OFF
│
│ 5 OFF OFF OFF ON
│
│
│
│ Set base I/O address, use jumper blocks W9, W10, W11.
│
│
│
│ Jumper blocks
│
│ Port Address W9 W10 W11
│
│ 300 ON ON ***
│
│ 320 OFF ON ***
│
│ 340 ON OFF ***
│
│ 360 OFF OFF ***
│
│ ***May leave unchanged.
│
│
│
│ Note: W11 jumper is not used for base I/O address or interrupt
line │
│ settings but is included as part of the W9-W11 block.
Its │
│ purpose is for remote boot capability that at this time
is not │
│ supported by NetWare Lite.
│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
─────────┘
Connector Type
To select the connector type, use jumpers W1-W8. The
selection of this connector type depends on the use of thin
Ethernet cable (BNC connector) or thick Ethernet cable (DIX
connector), sometimes referred to as twisted pair connection
depending on cable hardware.
The bottom is referring to the edge of the network board with
the gold fingers that insert into the system-board expansion
slot. Jumpers W1-W8 have three pins each. The bottom two
rows must be jumpered for BNC connector type (This is a
default setting). For DIX connector type, jumper the top two
rows. Notice, the physical location of jumpers will
correspond to the location of the connectors at the end of the
network board.
W16 jumper
This jumper sits all by itself and helps to resolve some
timing issues. With some machines using Chips and
Technologies chipset there is a slight bus-timing difference.
Microcode for the NE2000 was modified to help compensate for
the timing problem dependent on whether W16 is jumpered or
not. This has not been documented as a problem with NetWare
Lite. However, if you suspect a timing problem and have the
fore mentioned chipset, remove jumper from W16.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: ACCPAC
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6053
DATE: 03DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Installing ACCPAC
General Information
1. Follow the installation instructions for NetWare Lite
v1.0 carefully. Download Fax document 235 or FYI.P.6050
for help with installing and setting up a network.
2. The installation procedures will create a \NWLITE
directory on your C:\ drive. You need to edit a file
called STARTNET.BAT that is located in this directory.
3. Look for the line in STARTNET.BAT that loads the program
called SHARE. If you are using MSDOS, change that line
to the following:
C:\DOS\SHARE /L:250 /F:10000
If you are using DR DOS, change the line to the
following, instead:
C:\DRDOS\SHARE /L:250
4. The "FILES=" parameter in your CONFIG.SYS should be set
as follows on both the workstations and the server:
FILES=250
5. Obtain the patches that Novell has released for NetWare
Lite v1.0. Please acquire Fax Document 263 or see
FYI.P.6087 for more information.
Installing Windowing System Manager and LANPak (Much of the
following information was obtained from Computer Associates
Limited. A similar document is found on their fax system.)
1. Insert WSM DISK 1 in drive A: and type A:INSTALL from the
root directory to which you are installing. Answer "yes"
to indicate that you are installing on a network. You
will be prompted for additional disks.
2. Upon completion of the WSM install, you will be taken to
the "Install Programs" portion of WSM, at which point you
should insert the LANPak disk and continue.
3. When the system prompts you if you are installing on
Novell NetWare, answer NO.
This is not Novell NetWare. NetWare Lite is a
peer-to-peer network that means that it is
DOS-based--quite different from NetWare 2.x and 3.x.
4. Choose "PC-Lan," or if you wish, choose "other," and type
NETWARE LITE. The preceding is the most critical step.
If you have already installed the LANPak as Novell, you
are probably suffering a great deal of "Unable to obtain
access to...." messages. Just reinstall the LANPak as
above.
5. Continue with the application installation.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Official Books List
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6098
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Official Books List
The following is a list of official books generated by NOVELL
PRESS, published by SYBEX concerning both NetWare Lite and DR
DOS.
Novell acknowledges other publications available at major
bookstores but regrets that they are not able to be included
in this listing. Due to various rights to publishing
information, Novell can only suggest that if you are
interested in further publications to consult your local
bookstore.
Other OFFICIAL NOVELL publications will be listed as they
become available.
The Official Novell
NetWare Lite Handbook
by Ed Liebing
Published by SYBEX
ISBN 0-7821-1095-9
This book is a complete guide for NetWare Lite v1.0 and v1.1.
It covers installation, maintenance, and troubleshooting. If
you are a NetWare Lite novice, it will introduce you to
NetWare Lite and networking. It contains a troubleshooting
guide and provides solutions to most common problems.
The Official Novell
DR DOS 6 Instant Reference
by Robert M. Thomas
Published by SYBEX
ISBN 0-7821-1094-0
This book covers every feature and command in an easy to use,
alphabetical order. It provides examples, useful tips, and
pointers. If you are new to DR DOS, it will help in
installing, configuring, and optimizing your system.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: TSRs and NetWare Lite
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6112
DATE: 18DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
TSRs and NetWare Lite
TSR (Terminate and Stay Resident)
NetWare Lite is designed around two primary TSRs.
1. SERVER.EXE, that acts as the "disperser" of requests
whether it be printing or file services. SERVER.EXE is
quite complex and considers several issues particularly
background printing, DOS/Windows busy flags, file sharing
(through Share), and communication with other
servers/clients on the network.
2. CLIENT.EXE acts as the redirector if the request is not
for DOS.
Because both SERVER.EXE and CLIENT.EXE execute as a TSR
on DOS, it is necessary to hook interrupts to provide the
functionality for NetWare Lite.
Typically, problems will be met when two or more TSRs
attempt to hook an interrupt and may not be aware of the
other TSR hooking that interrupt. This, in essence, is
usually the cause of TSRs not coexisting with one
another. In a peer-to-peer network such as NetWare Lite
the issue is greatly magnified due to functionality
requirements that a peer-to-peer LAN provides.
Novell, has not done a comprehensive test matrix
regarding compatibility with other TSRs and NetWare Lite.
However, it is recommended that the TSR vendor be
contacted for compatibility with NetWare Lite v1.1 if
problems are met.
TSRs Known to Have Problems
1. Pyro (screen saver)
Symptoms: Locks other stations when it activates.
2. PC Support Program (3270,5250 emulation)
Symptoms: Locks other stations and causes printing
not to work.
Note: Other resident applications such as ViewMax (with
DR DOS), and DESQview may exhibit similar problems.
Suggested Workaround
If problems are met and several applications or TSRs are being
loaded, you may consider the following suggestions:
1. TSRs come in many forms such as, virus checking, screen
savers, cache drivers, mouse drivers, or hotkey (popup)
type applications.
A. First remove TSRs one at a time until a possible
culprit is identified.
B. Try rearranging the load order of other TSRs and
NetWare Lite.
C. If using Windows, check to see if TSRs are loaded
before Windows or from Windows using an icon or if
loading from a DOS box. Depending on which method
is used, you may try changing the load order or
method.
2. If memory management is being used, check to see where
TSRs are loading. Sometimes a larger TSR may not have
enough Upper memory available and will load into
conventional memory. This may be undesirable if it uses
to much conventional memory. You may try loading
different TSRs to Upper or Conventional memory to see
what works best for you.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Removing a Server
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6051
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: FYI.P.6035
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Removing a Server
If you set up your machine as a server and want to remove the
server software from your hard drive, complete the following:
1. Boot your machine without loading SERVER.
2. Run the original INSTALL.EXE that came on the
installation diskettes.
3. Select "Make this machine a client." When asked to
select the network board, press <Esc> and exit the
INSTALL utility. The server is now removed from your
hard disk drive.
Another option is simply to remove SERVER.EXE from your
STARTNET.BAT file. This way, SERVER.EXE will not be loaded;
hence, the machine will be a client only.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Loading CLIENT and SERVER into Upper Memory
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6007
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Loading CLIENT and SERVER into Upper Memory
Memory managers that load terminate-stay-resident (TSR)
programs such as CLIENT.EXE and SERVER.EXE into upper memory
reserve a fixed length block of memory to load the program.
As long as the program is the same size in memory as it is on
disk, there will be no memory conflict. However, SERVER.EXE
is actually larger when it is loaded than it is on disk.
Because SERVER.EXE is larger, memory managers that do not
account for such growth may load SERVER into too small of a
memory block. This can cause memory corruption and the
computer to hang. To avoid this type of problem, Novell
suggests that you do not load SERVER into upper memory.
CLIENT does not grow when loaded so it can be loaded "high."
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: DOS Memory Managers and NetWare Lite v1.1
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6101
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
DOS Memory Managers and NetWare Lite v1.1
Note: Information listed is intended for use on 386 or 486
based computers. For information on other machines, please
consult your DOS manual. This document is intended to aid the
user in the basic steps of loading NetWare Lite items into
upper memory.
General Information
This basic summary is necessary to understand how to create
the best performing servers and clients with NetWare Lite.
Random Access Memory (RAM) in 386 and 486 computers has a
uniform structure. The first 640 KB of memory is known as
conventional memory, the location where applications load.
The next 384 KB of memory is known as upper memory, where
system files and other files (such as mouse drivers or network
drivers) can be loaded if memory management software is used.
On machines with more than 1 MB of RAM, the first 64 KB of
memory above 1 MB is known as the HMA (High Memory Area).
All the necessary files in NetWare Lite v1.1 may be loaded
into upper memory. These files are normally loaded from the
STARTNET.BAT file found in the NWLITE directory. These files
are: LSL.COM, your network board driver (NE2000.COM), IPXODI
A, SHARE (found in your DOS directory), SERVER.EXE, and
CLIENT.EXE. The proper syntax for loading these files into
upper memory depends on which version of DOS and memory
manager you choose to use. Following are instructions to load
NetWare Lite files into upper memory by using memory managers
from DR DOS 6.0 and MS-DOS 5.0. If you have any questions
that are not answered in this document, please consult your
DOS documentation.
The memory manager, EMM386, will relocate software into upper
memory. Without the use of the EMM386 manager, the only
memory that can be used is conventional memory (the first 640
KB of memory).
DR DOS 6.0
The memory manager included with DR DOS 6.0 is EMM386.SYS. To
load drivers and programs into upper memory, several steps
must be followed.
Note: EMM386.SYS cannot be used with other memory managers.
The following is an example of a CONFIG.SYS file that is
configured to allow access to upper memory (UMB) and HMA.
HIDOS=ON
DEVICE=C:\DRDOS\EMM386.SYS /F=AUTO /K=AUTO /B=FFFF /R=AUTO
/E=[START-END]
HIDOS=ON
In the CONFIG.SYS file, the HIDOS=ON line should be included.
This allows the computer to put information into HMA if memory
is available.
EMM386.SYS
[/F=AUTO] Performs an automatic search through upper memory
for a free 64 KB window. This is the default.
This sets up your machine to use either expanded or
extended memory, whatever your software requests.
NetWare Lite will not be able to load completely
into upper memory if this option is used because of
limited space. Novell suggests if possible you use
[/F=NONE] that will set your machine up to use
extended memory and free up considerably more upper
memory.
[/K=AUTO] Allocates expanded memory. The amount of memory is
determined by how much your application requests.
[/B=FFFF] Relocates the DR DOS kernel, freeing space in
conventional memory for use by applications. By
using the ffff location of memory, the kernel will
be placed into HMA (if available).
[/R=AUTO] Copies data and code from Read Only Memory (ROM)
that is slow to run into Random Access Memory (RAM)
that is very fast.
[/E=[START-END] Excludes an area of upper memory from the
area being checked for availability of
use. This switch should be used if an
item uses a specific memory location.
For example: If your network board had a
memory address setting of CC00 and you
used the switch [/E=CC00-CFFF], then the
EMM386.SYS driver would not allow any
software to occupy the same area of
memory. This is a solution to random
errors (the machine lockup) that may
occur if the network-board driver is
overwritten.
To load NetWare Lite required files into high memory in your
STARTNET.BAT file, your syntax should be similar to the
following:
HILOAD LSL
HILOAD NE2000
HILOAD IPXODI A
HILOAD SHARE
HILOAD SERVER
HILOAD CLIENT
To examine where your items are loaded into high memory, type
the following from the DOS prompt: MEM /A /P
(/A shows all information. /P pauses at the end of every
screen.)
From this screen you will be given several screens of
information. To determine what is located in upper memory, be
aware that the address A000:0000 is where conventional memory
ends and upper memory begins, and FFFF:0000 is where upper
memory ends and the high memory area begins. For complete
information on the MEM command, please refer to page 258 to
259 of the DR DOS 6.0 User's Guide or call the DRI
Automated Fax system at 1-408-649-2344. The titles pertaining
to memory management are the following:
Document Title
1000 Master Index (A Complete Listing of all Files on
the DR DOS Fax System.)
1300 DR DOS 6 Memory Management overview
1301 Basic Memory optimization
1302 Trouble shooting
1303 Using Third-party memory managers
1305 XMS-EMS memory pool
1306 Preventing DR DOS from loading into HMA
1307 The MEM /A Command
1308 Gate A20 and Printing Problems
MS-DOS 5.0
The memory manager included with MS-DOS 5.0 is EMM386.EXE. To
load drivers and programs into upper memory, several steps
must be followed.
In the CONFIG.SYS file, device drivers for HIMEM.SYS and
EMM386.EXE must be included and placed in a specific order.
To ensure the proper setup, it is best to have the device line
containing HIMEM.SYS at the beginning of the CONFIG.SYS file,
the second line should contain the EMM386.EXE line, and the
third line should contain a specification of where to load the
DOS system files. For example:
DEVICE=C:\DOS\HIMEM.SYS
DEVICE=C:\DOS\EMM386.EXE /X=MMMM-NNNN NOEMS
DOS=HIGH,UMB
HIMEM.SYS
Generally, the default specifications for HIMEM.SYS are
sufficient for your system. The main exception is the
/MACHINE:XXXX specification; replace XXXX with your machine
type. Please see page 611 in the MS-DOS 5.0 User's
Guide for complete information.
EMM386.EXE
Switches included with EMM386.EXE that are most commonly used
to increase system performance are the following:
[X=[MMMM-NNNN]] Where MMMM-NNNN denotes an address that
EMM386.EXE will not be allowed to use.
This is very useful for excluding the
address of your network-board driver so
it will not be overwritten by DOS. (If
the board memory address is set at CC00,
the switch would be X=CC00-CFFF.)
[NOEMS] Allows access to upper memory and prevents access
to expanded memory. It does allow access to
extended memory. Other switches can be found in
the MS-DOS 5.0 User's Guide on pages 605 to
609.
DOS
The HIGH switch allows DOS to relocate the system files into
a location called the HMA (High Memory Area), freeing up more
conventional memory space. The UMB (Upper Memory Block)
switch is for linking conventional memory with upper memory.
Loading drivers or devices into upper memory is necessary.
Remember, to load any command high, the line must follow the
three lines listed above. The command to load a device high
in the CONFIG.SYS file is DEVICEHIGH. The command to load an
item high in the AUTOEXEC.BAT file or any .BAT file is LH or
LOADHIGH.
To load the required NetWare Lite files into high memory in
your STARTNET.BAT file, your syntax should be similar to the
following:
LH LSL
LH NE2000
LH IPXODI A
LH SHARE
LH SERVER
LH CLIENT
To examine where your items are loaded into high memory, type
the following from the DOS prompt: MEM /C |MORE
(/C classifies programs by memory usage. It also displays
conventional memory and upper memory in separate blocks to
easily determine where programs are loaded . |MORE pauses at
the end of every screen.)
For further questions and concerns about loading software into
upper memory, consult the MS-DOS 5.0 User's Guide or
contact Microsoft Technical Support.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Top Support Issues
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6085
DATE: 03DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: FYI.P.6051
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Top Support Issues
SHARE.EXE: Status Report 5
When loading SERVER.EXE, you may get a "Status Report 5"
message that means that SHARE.EXE has not been loaded.
SHARE.EXE is a program that comes with DOS 3.1 or above.
SHARE is the mechanism that allows files to be accessed
simultaneously from multiple clients. If you get a "Status
Report 5" message, you either do not have SHARE.EXE in your
PATH or you do not load it anywhere before SERVER.EXE is
loaded. Add the appropriate directory to your PATH (where
SHARE.EXE is located) or copy SHARE.EXE to the directory where
NetWare Lite is installed. Although loading SHARE is not
required for the server to run, it is strongly recommended.
SHARE should be loaded before SERVER. SHARE should be tuned
for proper performance. You may need to increase the values
for locks (/L) and files (/F) if you run database applications
or if you have more than four users accessing the server. See
your DOS documentation for more information on configuring
SHARE. You do not need to load SHARE before loading CLIENT.
See Fax Document 111 or FYI.P.6003 for more information.
Setting LASTDRIVE
LASTDRIVE is a DOS command that is executed at boot time from
the CONFIG.SYS file. The NetWare Lite NET utility uses
LASTDRIVE to identify valid drives and to provide
compatibility with other NetWare products. The installation
programs default value of LASTDRIVE=M: should work for most
situations. If you wish to use a value other than M:, be
aware that LASTDRIVE should be set to G: or greater for NET to
run. LASTDRIVE is set by including a command such as
"LASTDRIVE=G:" in CONFIG.SYS. If you attempt to run NET with
LASTDRIVE set lower than the G: drive or not set, you will
have to increase the value of LASTDRIVE and reboot before any
NET command can be executed.
The IPXODI Driver
The IPX shipped with NetWare Lite (IPXODI) is not new and is
not special to NetWare Lite. Novell has made a general
decision to convert from linked IPX to IPXODI. IPXODI is
shipped with the LAN Workplace for DOS product and with
DOS/Windows shell kit. IPXODI is functionally identical to
the linked version of IPX, although the LSL offers
multiple-protocol and MLID capabilities. NetWare Lite can be
run on top of either (but not both) linked IPX or IPXODI.
STARTNET.BAT, which is created as part of the NetWare Lite
installation, should be modified not to load LSL (the ODI
driver) and IPXODI if linked IPX is already being loaded
elsewhere (like in your AUTOEXEC.BAT). See Fax document 118
or FYI.P.6006 for more information.
Loading CLIENT and SERVER into Upper Memory
Memory managers that load terminate-stay-resident (TSR)
programs such as CLIENT.EXE and SERVER.EXE into upper memory
reserve a fixed length block of memory to load the program
into. As long as the program is the same size in memory as it
is on disk, there will be no memory conflict. However,
SERVER.EXE is larger when it is loaded into memory than it is
on disk. Because SERVER.EXE is larger, memory managers that
do not account for such growth may load SERVER into too small
of a memory block. This can cause memory corruption or can
cause the computer to hang. To avoid this type of problem, do
not load SERVER into upper memory. CLIENT does not grow when
loaded, so it can be loaded "high." Please see Fax Document
119 or FYI.P.6007 for more information.
Windows
Some NetWare Lite users have had trouble getting Windows 3.0
to run smoothly with NetWare Lite. Fax Document 210 or
FYI.P.6044 gives some hints how to configure both NetWare Lite
and Windows 3.0 to gain better performance. All
Windows/NetWare Lite users should download this document.
Network Applications
Installing applications on NetWare Lite may be different from
installing applications on NetWare. NetWare is, as you know,
a very popular LAN. Many applications have NetWare specific
installation options. These installation options do not apply
to NetWare Lite networks. NetWare Lite is a DOS peer-to-peer
network. If the application being installed has network
specific installations, then "Other networks.." or "DOS
peer-to-peer network" or similar networks should be selected.
Do not select NetWare or Novell installation options. See
Appendix B in the NetWare Lite documentation for more details
about using NetWare Lite with NetWare. Please see Fax
document 211 or FYI.P.6011 for more information.
Connections
Many of the problems that NetWare Lite technical support deals
with are related to network connections. Connection problems
become the culprits that cause many other seemingly unsolvable
problems. Most of these connection problems are caused by
things such as bad or misconfigured hardware, drivers, or
memory managers. Fax Document 215 or FYI.P.6094 explains how
to troubleshoot and overcome connection problems.
Installing "Other" Network Board Drivers
When loading NetWare Lite, you are prompted to select a
network-board driver. Unfortunately, the installation program
fails to complete properly if "other" is selected. If you
need to use a board driver not supplied on the original
installation diskettes, you can avoid this problem by making
a backup copy of the original diskettes and copying the board
driver to this backup. Use the new diskette to install
NetWare Lite. Note: If you make a separate backup of the
"driver" diskette you must copy your board driver to the
"driver" backup. See Fax Document 217 or FYI.P.6091 for a
step-by-step procedure on how to do this.
Network Setup
Fax document 235 or FYI.P.6050 gives the user tips on how to
configure the network. It explains mappings, captures, and
network resources. It also goes through an example of a
network configuration.
Patches
Novell has released several patches that should be applied by
NetWare Lite users who have problems that they are unable to
solve. Please see Fax Document 263 or FYI.P.6087 for more
information on how to get the patches and what problems they
solve.
Resolving I/O and IRQ Conflicts
Fax Document 212 or FYI.P.6054 gives a list of possible
conflicts in hardware setup. Network board and other devices
may have conflicting I/O addresses or interrupts. This list
may clarify some of the problems.
NetWare Lite v1.1 and Windows 3.1 Compatibility
This is a lengthy document similar to Fax Document 205 or
FYI.P.6061. It does contain more concise information
concerning Windows 3.1 and particularly using it with NetWare
Lite v1.1. It will take you through different install methods
and options depending on DOS versions being used. For
details, see Fax Document 206 or FYI.P.6077.
Trouble Shooting Lockup (Hanging) Problems
Installing a Network system may be challenging particularly if
a lockup is met. Several things may cause this (Fax document
218 or FYI.P.6086 gives ideas to help diagnose such problems).
It explains hardware or switch setting conflicts, memory
conflicts, bad hardware, software conflicts or the need of
configuration changes.
DOS Memory Managers and NetWare Lite v1.x
This is a summary to help create the best performing servers
and clients and how to use memory. Inclusive is how to load
NetWare Lite files into upper memory. This document includes
the use of memory managers and different DOS commands for
such. See Fax document 264 or FYI.P.6076 for details.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Setting LASTDRIVE
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6005
DATE: 01OCT92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Setting LASTDRIVE
LASTDRIVE is a DOS command that is executed at boot time from
the CONFIG.SYS file. The NetWare Lite NET utility uses
LASTDRIVE to identify valid drives and provide compatibility
with other NetWare products. The installation programs
default value of LASTDRIVE=M: should work for most situations.
If you wish to use a value other than M:, be aware that
LASTDRIVE should be set to G: or greater for NET to run.
LASTDRIVE is set by including a command such as "LASTDRIVE=G:"
in CONFIG.SYS. If you attempt to run NET with LASTDRIVE set
lower than the G: drive or not set, you will have to increase
the value of LASTDRIVE and reboot before any NET command can
be executed.
When LASTDRIVE is set to the F: drive, network directories can
be mapped to any drive letter up to LASTDRIVE (except C: if
SERVER is loaded). However, the F: drive must be mapped to
map D: or E: drive. If the situation occurs where the D: or
E: drive is mapped and the F: drive is not mapped, the
LASTDRIVE error message will result upon execution of the next
NET command. To avoid this problem set LASTDRIVE to the G:
drive or greater.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: How to Configure a NetWare Lite Server v1.1
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6103
DATE: 04DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: FYI.P.6060
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
How to Configure a NetWare Lite Server v1.1
The purpose of this document is to explain the server
statistics that are configurable within NetWare Lite. These
server statistics can be viewed and changed in the Net
utility. To access the configuration menus, perform the
following steps after logging in to the network:
1. From the c:> prompt, type NET.
2. Select "Supervise the network."
3. Select "Server configuration."
4. Select the server to view.
SERVER CONFIGURATION SCREEN
The following is an example of the server configuration screen
with default settings:
Configuration Information for Server NetWare Lite
CFG FUTURE
Connections (2-25) 4 4
Client tasks (4-200) 10 10
Network directories (2-20) 4 4
Network printers (0-3) 1 1
Print buffer size (512-4096) 512 512
Number of receive buffers (3-20) 6 6
Receive buffer size (512-8192) 1024 1024
Number of IO buffers (0-25) 1 1
IO buffer size multiplier (2-64) 4 4
Future server memory size (approx.) 44,397
Allow remote management (Y/N) Y Y
Future server name: NWLITE
CFG and FUTURE Columns
There are two columns of statistics on the right of this table
labeled CFG and FUTURE. The CFG column indicates the settings
that are currently being used. The FUTURE column is used to
determine the network settings to be implemented the next time
the network is started. If you want to make a change, make it
in the FUTURE column and then reboot that server. After the
server is rebooted, the new settings will be in effect and
will appear in the CFG column.
Configuration Settings
Each item in the menu will be discussed in some detail.
After each item is described, configuration information
will be given to help correctly configure each item.
CONNECTIONS
Every computer on the network (client or server or both) has
a connection table. This table keeps track of the number of
connections that the computer has with other computers. Users
are not able to view this table; however, the number of
connections can be limited on a server. A connection is
established when one computer accesses another computer across
the network. For example, a connection is established if a
client accesses a network resource, such as a network
directory or network printer, located on a server.
Server Connection Table
A server's connection table contains a list of the node
addresses of every client computer accessing printers or
network directories on that server. Because the
connection is actually the node address of the network
board, only one connection is established per machine,
regardless of how many drives a computer has mapped or
how many printers a client machine is captured to. It is
not possible for the number of connections in the
server-connection table to be greater than the total
number of clients on the network. When a server receives
a request to map a drive, for example, it will look down
the list of existing connections and will create a new
connection only if the address of the requesting computer
is not already on the list.
Temporary Connections
Temporary connections are occasionally established by the
NET utility to do functions such as modify a user
account, change a server's configuration. After the net
utility has finished using the temporary connection, the
connection is cancelled.
Setting Connections
Set the number of connections for each server by
considering how many clients might be mapped or captured
to the server at one time and add one to that number to
provide for any temporary connections. Each connection
in the Server's configuration menu uses approximately 80
bytes of memory.
CLIENT TASKS
Client tasks are the number of programs permitted to open
files on a server. Each time a program on a client uses a
resource on a server (such as starting a program), one client
task is registered in a table on the server. This is the case
whether the client loads the program from the server or
whether it loads it from its own hard drive. If the same
program opens more than one file, only one client task is
still registered because client tasks refer to the number of
programs that are opening files and not the number of files
that are open on the server. On the other hand, if two
different programs on a client open files on a server, then
two client tasks are recorded in the table. Some programs
call other programs that use server resources. When this
happens, client tasks will increase by more than one when the
program is initially started.
A variety of problems are associated with not having enough
client tasks. Usually errors will be displayed by the
application that is currently running. Occasionally, the
whole network will hang.
Client Task Configuration Information
The number of client tasks defaults to 10. A good rule
of thumb is to set the number of client tasks to 10 per
machine connected to the server (For example, If five
machines have drives mapped to a server, set the client
tasks on the server to 50). This should provide enough
client tasks to operate the network. Approximately 100
bytes of memory are reserved on a server per each client
task.
Check the server status screen frequently to verify that
you have enough client tasks. If you see the PEAK number
of tasks in the server status screen approaching the CFG
number (within 6), you should increase the number of
client tasks to avoid problems. The CFG number should
always be at least six higher than the PEAK number.
Proper configuration of the number of client tasks on a
server is especially important under the following
conditions:
■ When running Microsoft Windows
■ When using a disk intensive program (a
database program)
■ When supporting many clients
Network Directories
A network directory is a directory on a server that can
be accessed by clients on the network. Increasing the
number of network directories on a server allows more of
its directories to be accessed by users across the
network.
Network Directory Configuration Information
Set the number of network directories to as many as
needed (up to 20).
Network Printers
This figure designates the maximum number of network
printers allowed on a server. NetWare Lite will support
up to three printers per server. A printer on a server
does not necessarily have to be designated as a network
resource. It can be run locally if SERVER.EXE is not
loaded into memory. Each network printer defined takes
up approximately 884 bytes of memory on the server.
Network Printer Configuration
This number should correspond to the number of printers
physically connected to the server and defined as network
resources. The maximum number of network printers per
server is three.
PRINT BUFFER
Print Buffer Size
NetWare Lite uses a print buffer to temporarily store
information before it is printed. A print job follows
the following path to the printer:
Application -- DOS -- Client -- || network || --
Server -- Printer
When someone prints a job from a client machine to a
network printer, the information first goes to DOS.
After interpreting that the printer port (LPT1 for
example) has been captured to a network printer, DOS
sends the print job to the network software on the client
machine. The print job is sent across the network
cabling to the computer with the printer attached and
then taken by the server software and spooled to a
directory on the hard drive. The path to where the data
is being spooled is C:\NWLITE\NLCNTL \SLPT1. The NLCNTL
subdirectory is a hidden directory and the SLPT1
directory corresponds to the printer port captured on
LPT1. (If LPT2 was captured, the last subdirectory would
be \SLPT2.) The job is spooled as a file then is loaded
to an area in memory called the print buffer. From the
print buffer, the print job is sent to the printer.
The print buffer speeds up the printing, because
accessing memory is much faster than accessing a hard
disk drive. A large print buffer accesses information
from the relatively slow hard drive fewer times and
causes faster printing.
Print Buffer Configuration
Set the print buffer size to the maximum allowed value,
unless limited memory is available.
RECEIVE BUFFERS
Number of Receive Buffers
Each NetWare Lite server has two types of buffers related
to overall network communication, which can be configured
by a supervisor. They are the receive and IO buffers.
Understanding receive and IO buffers and how to configure
them requires an understanding of some basic NetWare Lite
network communication concepts.
When an application makes a request of DOS, such as
reading data from a file or writing data to a file, DOS
determines whether it can handle the request itself. If
the requested operation involves a network resource, such
as listing a network directory, DOS passes the request to
the network that fills the request and gives the response
back to DOS. Then, DOS passes the response back to the
application.
Each network request passes through four different stages
before being sent out on the network cabling. The
network provides information to DOS (such as which drives
are actually network drives) so that DOS interprets when
to pass requests to the network and when to return errors
to the requesting application.
Three programs provide the interface to the network
hardware. They are the Internetwork Packet Exchange
Protocol (IPX) driver (IPXODI.COM), the Link Support
Layer (LSL) driver (LSL.COM), and the network-board
driver (such as NE2000.COM). These three programs take
requests from the network level and transform them into
packets that are then sent out on the cable.
When a packet is received at the server, SERVER.EXE is
notified and the packet is placed in a free receive
buffer. The server processes the request and then does
one of two following action: If the requested operation
is a disk read, the server reads the requested amount of
data and places the response in a free IO buffer. If the
request is for anything else, the server places the
response back in the receive buffer where it got the
request. The data is then transferred back across the
network to the application that originally made the
request.
Number of Receive Buffers Configuration Information
Set the number of receive buffers to three more than the
number of clients that will be simultaneously accessing
the server.
The extra receive buffers are important. The server may
be servicing requests from every client on the network
and still needs extra buffers to listen for additional
incoming requests. Even though all client machines may
have requests pending at the server, a client may resend
a request and the server needs extra buffers to handle
any extra packets from the clients.
Receive Buffer Size Description and Configuration Information
The network is limited to the type of network hardware
that is being used. A receive buffer cannot be set to
anything larger than the packet size of a particular type
of board. Typically Ethernet is limited to a packet size
of 1450 bytes and ARCnet and Token-Ring are capable of
sending and receiving 4096 byte packets, the limit of
NetWare Lite.
DOS reads information best in 512 byte increments, so
receive buffers should be set to a multiple of 512 bytes
even if the packet size is larger than the 512 byte
multiple. For example, when using Ethernet boards, set
the buffer size to 1024 bytes rather than the maximum
allowed 1450 bytes because 1024 is an increment of 512,
and the 1024 setting will be faster than 1450 bytes.
IO BUFFERS
Number of IO Buffers
When a client makes a request, in responding to that
request, the server fills the IO buffers with blocks of
data to be sent across the cable for the next portion of
that request.
Number of IO Buffers Configuration Information
The preferable setting for the number of IO buffers is
one per client. Otherwise, set the number of IO buffers
to one per every four receive buffers to save memory. Do
not set the IO buffers greater than the number of clients
that will be accessing the server.
IO Buffer Size Multiplier and Configuration Information
The IO buffer size multiplier indicates the size, in
kilobytes, of each IO buffer. The guideline for setting
the IO buffer size multiplier varies depending on the
size that you would like your IO buffers to be. If
memory is not a consideration, then set the buffer size
multiplier high. That will allow more blocks of data to
be stored in the IO buffer so that less disk reads are
necessary. However, if memory is a consideration a
smaller buffer size would be recommended. For every IO
buffer, the server size will increase the amount of
kilobytes that was specified for the multiplier. For
example, if there are three IO buffers and the multiplier
is 4, the server will increase in size by 12 KB.
REMOTE MANAGEMENT
Allow Remote Management
If remote management is enabled, a network supervisor
will be able to change a server's configuration settings
from any machine on the network. If remote management is
disabled, a server's configuration settings will only be
able to be modified at the keyboard of the server itself.
Note: Remote Management does not refer to modem use.
Remote Management Configuration
Enable or disable remote management depending upon the
conditions in which the network is running. If security
is a concern, remote management may need to be disabled.
FUTURE SERVER NAME
Future Server Name
The future server name is the name that the server will
be called the next time the network is started.
SERVER STATUS SCREEN
Status Information for Server NetWare Lite
Server up-time Days Hours Minutes Seconds
Server version CFG
PEAK CURR
Server address Connections
Network Auditing Client tasks
SHARE running Open files
Server memory size Num net directories
CUM Num net printers
Server-busy packets Print buffer size
server cache hits Receive buffers
Packets Received IO buffers
Watchdog terminations IO buffer size
The Server status screen is a diagnostic tool that can be
used to troubleshoot problems within the network and to
optimize the speed at that the network runs. All the
items listed on this screen are configured in other
places; this screen only indicates what the current
settings are.
The Server status screen has some distinguishing
features. The right side of the screen contains the
statistics set in the Server configuration menu. These
statistics are listed in three columns. The CFG column
shows how the items are currently configured, the PEAK
column shows how close to the configured setting each
item has gotten since the network was started. The CURR
setting shows the current status of each item. The PEAK
and CURR numbers are dynamic, meaning any changes will
immediately show on the screen. The left hand column
contains information that is set when the machine is
started and has cumulative information that keeps track
of the total performance of the network since the network
was started.
Server Up-time
This indicates how long the server has been running
continuously since the network was loaded. Every time
the network is restarted, the Server up-time figure is
reset to zero.
Server Version
This displays the version of NetWare Lite that is
currently running. The current version of NetWare Lite
available is version 1.1.
Server Address
The server address is the node address of the network
board that is installed in the server. The node address
is a unique number assigned to the network board that
distinguishes it from other boards on the network. This
number may be set with software settings or switches on
the board, or it may be built into the board.
Network Auditing
Network auditing has a "yes" or "no" indicator displaying
whether the auditing feature has been enabled. The audit
log lists such activities as logins, logouts, and backup
of network management files. The date and username
associated with each activity appear in the log. Network
auditing can be turned on and off within the net utility
in the Supervise the Network option.
SHARE Running
This screen lets you know whether SHARE.EXE has been
loaded. SHARE is the DOS file used to control file
locking and file sharing. SHARE is a necessary program
to load when using a peer-to-peer network because it
enables programs to be run concurrently and ensures
proper file locking so two people do not access the same
data file at the same time.
Server Memory Size
If this percentage is low, an increase of the number of
IO buffers may speed up your system.
Server-busy Packets
This statistic informs the user of the number of times
that a client resends a request to a server when the
server was too busy to handle the request. A large
number of server-busy packets (more than 1 percent)
usually indicates that the server is not fast enough to
handle the volume of requests that are being made. A
third-party disk caching program will improve the speed
of the server and will reduce the number of server-busy
packets.
Another event that will cause the server-busy packets to
increase at an abnormal rate is when the server is
formatting a floppy disk. DOS is not available during a
disk format to service requests coming in from clients.
As a result, many retries will be made from client
machines causing the number of server-busy packets to
increase.
Server Cache Hits
Percentage of requests serviced by the cache rather than
accessing DOS. The cache will not be used for smaller
files. If the server can service the incoming packet in
one request, it will not use the cache. Usually files
under 1024 bytes will not take advantage of the cache.
The cache is directly related to the number and size of
the IO buffers. If the percentage is low, an increase of
the number of IO buffers may speed up the process.
Packets Received
The total number of packets received by the server.
Bad Packets Received
This number represents the number of times the server got
a packet from the IPXODI that was damaged, possibly with
a corrupt IPXODI header. Bad packets should rarely be
received. If this number is non-zero, there could be a
hardware problem, possibly the network board.
Watchdog Terminations
NetWare Lite uses a process called the watchdog to verify
whether a connection exists. In a server's connection
table there is a timer associated with each connection.
Whenever a packet is received from a client, the timer
associated with that client is reset to zero. If no
packets are received within five minutes, the server
calls that computer by sending out a packet asking for a
response. If the client computer responds, the server
will reset the timer associated with that connection. If
the computer does not answer within five minutes, the
server will call again once a minute for ten more
minutes. If no response is received from the missing
computer, the server will remove the machine from the
connection table and the client will have to reestablish
a connection to access the server. The process of
eliminating missing connections using watchdog
terminations is used to keep the connection table in each
server as clean as possible.
Each client machine has a connection table where the
computer keeps track of how many other machines it is
connected to. Unlike the server, the client's connection
table is not monitored by a watchdog and will not be
disconnected if the connection is lost. When a
connection is lost with a server, the client machine will
return the message "General failure reading device
NWLite" and will prompt the user to abort, retry, or fail
every time an operation that accesses the server is
attempted while the server is down. When the connection
is first reestablished, the user will receive the same
error, but pressing <r> for retry will reestablish the
connection and carry out the requested operation.
Trouble Shooting with the Server Status Screen
The right-hand columns of the Server status screen
contain the current configuration, the peak level, and
the current statistics of the items configured in the
Server configuration menu with the exception of Open
files. The CFG (configured) setting of Open files is the
number of files that are defined in the CONFIG.SYS file
that DOS uses to configure the system when booting the
computer. The rest of the items have been covered
previously in this document.
A network administrator may use the three columns of
information to fine tune the network. The items in the
right hand column affect the size of the network in
memory and the way the network operates. By monitoring
the figures in the PEAK and CURR columns and comparing
those with the number currently configured in the CFG
column, a network administrator may avoid wasting
valuable memory and verify that the network has plenty of
room to operate.
If the highest recorded value for any of these attributes
approaches 80 percent of the configured setting, a
network administrator should consider increasing the
configured setting. Three figures need to be regularly
monitored. These three are the number of connections,
client tasks, and open files. As the highest values for
these statistics approach or equal the corresponding
configuration settings, unpredictable results can occur.
These results can be anything from file locking problems,
to data corruption, to the server crashing and locking
the entire network.
By monitoring the statistics on the Server Status Screen,
a network administrator can isolate problems before they
become critical, avoid wasting valuable memory space that
can be better used by other applications, and tune the
network so that it will operate at the most optimal
level.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: NetWare Lite Patch Release for v1.1
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6115
DATE: 05JAN93
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: FYI.P.6106
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
NetWare Lite Patch Release for v1.1
Novell has released patches that address various NetWare Lite
issues. These patches can be obtained through CompuServe or
through Novell directly.
***** WARNING *****
Do not apply all these patches at the same time unless
directed so by technical support.
CompuServe
A free CompuServe membership can be obtained by dialing (800)
848-8199 in the U.S. and (614) 457-0802 outside the U.S. (ask
for Representative 200). CompuServe will provide NetWare Lite
users with fifteen dollars worth of credit towards online
services at no charge.
The files listed below are previous patches for NetWare Lite
v1.1 These files are superseded by the patches in L11P02.ZIP.
NWL102.ZIP
L11P01.ZIP
To get the files from CompuServe, do the following procedure:
1. Type GO NOVLIB
2. After you are in NOVLIB, enter into library one or
library ten.
3. Download L11P02.ZIP. (This ZIP file contains the NetWare
Lite patches.)
You must have PKUNZIP.EXE to unzip L11P02.ZIP. If you do
not have PKUNZIP.EXE, you can get it from CompuServe. It
is located inside PKZ110.EXE, which is another file that
must be downloaded.
4. To download PKZ110.EXE, create a directory called PKZIP
(either on floppy or on your hard drive). Go to library
15 of NOVLIB and download PKZ110.EXE. Then, move
PKZ110.EXE into the PKZIP directory. Type PKZ110.
PKZ110.EXE will create PKUNZIP.EXE (and other programs
that can be used for archiving functions).
5. After you have PKUNZIP.EXE, you can unzip L11P02.ZIP.
Put L11P02.ZIP into the PKZIP directory. Next, type the
following:
PKUNZIP L11P02.ZIP <path where you want the files
to be copied to>
The patch files will be copied to the directory that you
specify. Novell recommends that you copy them to a
floppy diskette. This way, you will have a copy of the
patches in a distinct and identifiable place.
Novell
If you want the patches but cannot access CompuServe, call
Novell at (801) 429-5483 and request the NetWare Lite Patch
Disk. It will be sent to you through U.S. mail and will take
from four to seven days.
The following is a list of the files that will be sent to you.
(Note that these are the same files that are contained in the
L11P02.ZIP file.)
L11P02 DOC 7283 12-22-92 2:58p
STACKFIX PAT 920 8-07-9 4:09p
COMPOPEN PAT 1077 10-09-92 12:05p
INT28FIX PAT 1329 10-02-92 4:28p
Please note: These files have been through the patch
test team.
The following information is contained in the L11P02.DOC file.
Included are the patch name, date, and the file that is
affected by the patch (such as SERVER.EXE). Also included are
problems (with accompanying symptoms) that each patch deals
with.
GENERAL INFORMATION
You need only one SUPPORT diskette to patch all copies of
NetWare Lite on your NetWare Lite network. You do not need a
separate SUPPORT diskette for each copy of NetWare Lite.
Make backup copies of the files before running UPATCH. Do not
patch the original NetWare Lite Program and Driver diskette
files. If a machine has a hard disk with NetWare Lite
software, the files to be patched are in the C:\NWLITE
directory. If a machine does not have a hard disk, the files
to be patched are on the workstation's floppy diskette that
has the NetWare Lite CLIENT.EXE.
To get consistent results from the network, use UPATCH to
patch all copies of NetWare Lite on the network (all servers
and clients). If a server or client is not patched, it will
continue with the erratic behavior that the patch is designed
to correct.
Review the section of this document that corresponds to the
patch to find out what the patch does. Each section describes
what the patch will be applied to, the patch date, the
checksums, the problems the patch corrects, and the symptoms
you may see before the patch is applied.
You can use UPATCH to apply patches before or after running
NetWare Lite; however, the changes do not take effect until
the computer is rebooted and the patched files are loaded into
memory.
************************************************************
*****
UPATCH INSTRUCTIONS
To patch the SERVER and/or CLIENT software on a hard disk, do
the following:
1. Copy each .PAT file into the NWLITE directory on the
drive.
2. To apply the patch to the applicable target file, type
"UPATCH" and press <Enter>.
3. When the DOS prompt appears, reboot the computer. The
patched files will be used when they are loaded into
memory.
To patch CLIENT software on a workstation that uses a floppy
diskette, do the following:
1. Insert the SUPPORT diskette into drive A: (the floppy
should contain each .PAT file (applicable to the problem)
and UPATCH.EXE.
2. Insert the workstation's copy of the diskette that
contains CLIENT.EXE into the B: drive. Do not patch the
original NetWare Lite diskettes.
3. At the DOS prompt, type A: and press <Enter>.
4. Type UPATCH B:CLIENT.EXE, press <Enter>, and follow the
instructions on the screen.
Note: The patches are applied to the CLIENT.EXE file and
the unpatched file is retained with an .OLD file
extension. If necessary, the .OLD version can be renamed
and executed.
5. When the DOS prompt appears, reboot the computer. The
patched CLIENT.EXE file will be used when it is loaded
into memory.
************************************************************
*****
To get the latest information on NetWare Lite patches,
application compatibility, hardware compatibility, upgrades
and updates, top ten support issues, NetWare Lite product
information, and so on, customers in the U.S. and Canada can
call Novell's 24-hour automated fax service. To access this
service, dial (800) NetWare [(800)638-9273] and press the star
(*) key during the recorded message.
************************************************************
*****
INFORMATION ON SPECIFIC PATCHES
STACKFIX.PAT NetWare Lite Server stack fix patch
Target: SERVER.EXE
Checksums: 558, 481, 3F0
Problem: The server switches to its DOS reentrancy
stack during initialization. The Norton
antivirus device driver interrupts the server
after initialization and does some work. The
server timer interrupts then kicks in,
switches to the top of the server DOS
reentrancy stack and corrupts the data that
the server had on the stack before the timer
interrupt.
Symptoms: When the Norton antivirus device driver is
loaded and SERVER.EXE attempts to load, the
server will hang.
************************************************************
*****
INT28FIX.PAT NetWare Lite Client int 28 ISR patch
Target: CLIENT.EXE
Checksums: 765, 6DE, 641, 28C, 6DE
Problem: Applications doing background printing on a
NetWare Lite server/client where printing is
captured to a printer connected locally may
experience a server lock up. The problem
requires the station to be rebooted. Each
time the station is rebooted because of this
problem, lost clusters are left on the hard
drive. If this happens enough times without
running CHKDSK /F, the FAT table will become
corrupted.
Symptoms: You may have this problem if you are running
an application that performs background
printing on a server/client with a printer
connected locally and the station locks. An
application that exhibits this problem is
FoxPro.
************************************************************
*****
COMPOPEN.PAT
Target: SERVER.EXE
Problem: FCB Opens fails on read-only files.
This patch inserts code that was removed from
v1.0 that handles FCB opens. This patch
should not be used with windows or CD-ROMs.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: NetWare Lite Update Release for v1.1
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6116
DATE: 05JAN93
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: v1.1
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
NetWare Lite Update Release for v1.1
Novell has released updates that address NetWare Lite issues.
These updates can be obtained through CompuServe or through
Novell directly.
Note: It is recommended that all installations of NetWare Lite
v1.1 acquire and install all the files contained in
L11U01.ZIP.
CompuServe
A free CompuServe membership can be obtained by dialing (800)
848-8199 in the U.S. and (614) 457-0802 outside the U.S. (ask
for Representative 200). CompuServe will provide NetWare Lite
users with fifteen dollars worth of credit toward online
services at no charge.
To get the files from CompuServe, do the following procedure:
1. Type GO NOVLIB
2. After you are in NOVLIB, enter into library one or
library ten.
3. Download L11U01.ZIP. (This ZIP file contains the NetWare
Lite patches.)
You must have PKUNZIP.EXE to unzip L11U01.ZIP. If you do
not have PKUNZIP.EXE, you can get it from CompuServe. It
is located inside PKZ110.EXE, which is another file that
must be downloaded.
4. To download PKZ110.EXE, create a directory called PKZIP
(either on floppy or on your hard drive). Go to library
15 of NOVLIB and download PKZ110.EXE. Then, move
PKZ110.EXE into the PKZIP directory. Type PKZ110.
PKZ110.EXE will create PKUNZIP.EXE (and other programs
that can be used for archiving functions).
5. After you have PKUNZIP.EXE, you can unzip L11U01.ZIP.
Put L11U01.ZIP into the PKZIP directory. Next, type the
following:
PKUNZIP L11U01.ZIP <path where you want the files
to be copied to>
The patch files will be copied to the directory that you
specify. Novell recommends that you copy them to a
floppy diskette. This way, you will have a copy of the
patches in a distinct and identifiable place.
Novell
If you want the patches but cannot access CompuServe, call
Novell at (801) 429-5483 and request the NetWare Lite Patch
Disk. It will be sent to you through US Mail and will take
from four to seven days.
The following is a list of the files that will be sent to you.
(Note that these are the same files that are contained in the
L11U01.ZIP file.)
L11U01.DOC 8121 12-21-92 11:22p
GETATRIB.PAT 1248 12-03-92 9:09a
CLOSEFIL.PAT 1084 12-01-92 10:30a
LPTSTAT.PAT 1255 11-16-92 2:06p
RECONFIX.PAT 2626 10-12-92 9:52a
CLPRINTR.PAT 1198 11-16-92 10:12a
INFORMATION ON SPECIFIC PATCHES
GETATRIB.PAT NetWare Lite Client get file attribute fix
patch
Target: CLIENT.EXE
Checksums: 758, BB2, 59A, 351, BB2
Problem: When running the Quicken finance software and
printing to a NetWare Lite captured printer,
the Quicken printing fails with the "Can't
print to LPT1" message.
Symptoms: Quicken printing fails with the "Can't print
to LPT1" message. This also fixes the problem
with getting file attributes across the
network. The problem was with OPENDEV.PAT.
************************************************************
*****
CLOSEFIL.PAT NetWare Lite v1.1 Server close file handles
fix patch
Target: SERVER.EXE
Checksums: 2CC, 2B4, 20
Problem: When a client station has open files on a
NetWare Lite server and the client reboots
with the files still open, sometimes the files
will not be closed when the client reconnects
or when watchdog clears the station
connection.
Symptoms: Files are left open on the server when a
client reboots.
************************************************************
*****
LPTSTAT.PAT NetWare Lite v1.1 Server LPT printer status
fix patch
Target: SERVER.EXE
Checksums: 5B7, CO1, 575, 307, C01
Problem: Print jobs in NetWare Lite are being sent to a
printer that has been taken offline or powered
off. The jobs are being lost.
Symptoms: Print jobs are being lost when the printer has
been powered off or taken offline.
************************************************************
*****
RECONFIX.PAT NetWare Lite Client reconnect patch
Target: CLIENT.EXE
Checksums: 76A, 74F, 10EF, 66A, 64F, 8F7, 3A3, 3A3, 10EF
Problem: The reconnection between server and client
fails to occur when the NET CAPTURE or NET
PRINT commands are issued by a client to a
server that has just been rebooted.
Subsequent NET CAPTURE or NET PRINT commands
from the client station will work normally.
Symptoms: When using the NET CAPTURE or NET PRINT
commands as the first commands from a client
to a server that has just been rebooted, the
error messages "Redirect device -- Too many
open files." or "Write file -- Access denied."
will be displayed and the command will fail.
************************************************************
*****
CLPRINTR.PAT NetWare Lite Client printer corruption fix
patch
Target: CLIENT.EXE
Checksums: 6AC, 562, 5D4, 316, 562
Problem: Running certain applications on a
client/server with a local printer will
produce printer output that has been
corrupted.
Symptoms: Printer output that has been captured through
NetWare Lite will be corrupted.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Troubleshooting Lockup (Hanging) Problems
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.6086
DATE: 26JAN93
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: All versions
SUPERSEDES: FYI.P.6074
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Troubleshooting Lockup (Hanging) Problems
While using a networking system, problems may be met; locking
could be one of them. This document, which is divided into
two areas of hardware and software, is intended to help
diagnose and resolve lockup problems.
Hardware
1. Most Local Area Network (LAN) boards come with the
ability to change the interrupt line, base I/O address,
and memory address settings (in some cases). This is
done by either setting switches located on the network
board or through a software setup utility. When NetWare
Lite is installed, it must be told what the interrupt
line, base I/O, and the memory address settings are on
the board. If the board does not agree with the settings
that the network is searching for, it could cause
lockups. This usually happens when the network board
driver is loaded, when SERVER.EXE is loaded, when
CLIENT.EXE is loaded, or when the NET utility is used.
The solution for this type of problem is straight
forward. The settings on the board need to be determined
by checking the switches and sometimes cross referencing
it with the documentation provided with the network
board. After they are found, the install process is
repeated for NetWare Lite and the correct options chosen
to correspond to the hardware.
2. Another lockup problem may occur when the interrupt line,
base I/O address, or memory address conflict with another
device in the same machine. Each of these settings must
be unique to the network board. Devices that may
conflict include modems or mice. Lockups in this case
can show up anytime after the network has been loaded.
A reference list is provided that contains the interrupt
line and Base I/O address for many devices. For more
information on interrupts, see Fax Document 212 or
FYI.P.6054. (Call 1-800-NET-WARE and press the * key
during the initial recording.)
┌───────────────────┬────┬──────────────────┐
│ Options │IRQ │ Base I/O │
├───────────────────┼────┼──────────────────┤
│ Com1 │ 4 │ 3F8-3FF │
│ Com2 │ 3 │ 2F8-2FF │
│ LPT1 │ 7 │ 378-37F │
│ LPT2 │ 5 │ 278-27F │
│ VGA │ 2 │ 3C0-3CF │
│ EGA │ 2 │ 3C0-3CF │
│ CGA │ │ 3D0-3DF │
│ Hercules │ │ 3B4-3BF │
│ Mono │ │ 3B0-3BF │
│ AT controller │ 14 │ 1F0-1F8, 170-177 │
│ Floppy controller │ 6 │ 1F0-1F8, 3F0-3F7 │
│ Tape controller │ 5 │ 280-28F │
│ XT controller │ 5 │ 320-32F │
│ │ │ │
└───────────────────┴────┴──────────────────┘
Note: Along with the above mentioned I/O address conflicts,
address 360 should be avoided. This address may overlap with
beginning address 378 that is used in LPT1 processes. (This
is hardware defined and may depend on the particular network
board used.) The best solution for this is to configure the
network board I/O address at 300, 320, or 340. These settings
will work for most systems.
3. The switch settings on the board are not the only things
that can cause problems. Some network boards, when not
fully compatible with Novell certified boards, can also
cause problems. When locking problems do not seem
related to any of the settings on the board, try using a
different board to see if it does clear up.
Occasionally, a bad board is run across.
Software
1. Some software can cause a lockup when it is simply not
compatible with NetWare Lite. These programs usually use
protocol that tries to print, gain access to RAM, or gain
access to the hard drive without going through DOS.
Because NetWare Lite is written to work with DOS these
programs cannot be used.
2. NetWare Lite is a memory resident program that occupies
part of RAM. This limits the amount of room allowed for
other programs. When conventional memory is too low, it
can cause applications to crash. One solution for this
is to load as much as possible into upper memory. Out of
the files loaded through the STARTNET.BAT file, all but
SERVER.EXE can be loaded high. This is done in MS-DOS
5.0 by putting "LOADHIGH" before the file name to be
loaded. This is done in DR-DOS 6.0 by putting "HILOAD"
before the file name to be loaded. (Third-party memory
managers may also be used but not loaded at the same time
with other memory managers.) Note that many memory
resident programs can be loaded high but others cannot.
If you load a particular program high and find that your
system locks more frequently, load it back into
conventional memory again.
Example for loading most of STARTNET.BAT high using
MS-DOS format:
loadhigh lsl
loadhigh ne2000
loadhigh ipxodi a
loadhigh share
server
loadhigh client
3. Some network boards use upper memory for their own
processes that range from C000h to E000h. If this is the
case, they do not require a memory manager to control
them. Furthermore, this area in upper memory should be
excluded from the memory manager's control. To do so,
insert the following in CONFIG.SYS:
For MS-DOS 5.0 use:
device=c:\DOS\emm386.exe x=mmmm-nnnn
For DR-DOS 6.0 use:
device=c:\drDOS\emm386.sys /exclude=mmmm-nnnn
(mmmm is beginning and nnnn is the ending address.)
Note: Most network-board drivers occupy about 8 to 16 KB
of memory. Check the references for your specific
device.
4. CONFIG.SYS also has a parameter that can be changed that
may cause computers to lock. That is "files=xx." The xx
is the number of files that machine can have open at one
time. The suggested amount is 10 files per client plus
30 more.
5. Along the same line as the above paragraph, the number of
client tasks could have the same effect. To change the
client tasks you must run the NET utility, go to
"supervise the network," then "server configuration."
This parameter is normally set between 5 and 10 per
client.
6. Terminate-Stay-Resident (TSR) programs can also cause
lockups. They can show up in several ways of which most
commonly is when the TSR is functioning. It can also
happen when the TSR seems inactive.
The easiest way to find out if a TSR is causing the
lockup is by renaming AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS and
then putting the following in the CONFIG.SYS:
FILES=30
LASTDRIVE=G
If the problem no longer persists, add each component
back into AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS one by one until
you find the one that is causing the problem.
Modifications may be necessary to make the conflicting
TSR work properly, or it may even be incompatible with
the network environment.
7. Some incompatibilities have been found with certain
hardware and software configurations. NetWare Lite has
made some modification to adapt to these systems. These
modifications come in the form of a patch that is applied
once to each machine in the network. More specifics on
these patches can be faxed to you through NetWare Lite's
automated Fax Document 263 or see FYI.P.6087.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: Upload of L11U01.ZIP
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.10963
DATE: 29DEC92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: v1.1
SUPERSEDES: NA
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Concerning the file L11U01.ZIP available on available on
NetWire or NetWare Express. For NetWare Lite v1.1. Files
included:
GETATRIB.PAT 1248 12-03-92 9:09a
CLOSEFIL.PAT 1084 12-01-92 10:30a
LPTSTAT.PAT 1255 11-16-92 2:06p
RECONFIX.PAT 2626 10-12-92 9:52a
CLPRINTR.PAT 1198 11-16-92 10:12a
INFORMATION ON SPECIFIC PATCHES
GETATRIB.PAT - NetWare lite Client get file attribute fix
patch
Target: CLIENT.EXE
Checksums: 758, BB2, 59A, 351, BB2
Problem: When running the Quicken finance software and
printing to a NetWare Lite captured printer,
Quicken printing fails with the message "Can't
print to LPT1."
Symptoms: Quicken printing fails with the message "Can't
print to LPT1". This also fixes the problem
with getting file attributes across the
network. The problem was with OPENDEV.PAT.
CLOSEFIL.PAT - NetWare Lite v1.1 Server close file handles fix
patch
Target: SERVER.EXE
Checksums: 2CC, 2B4, 20
Problem: When a client station has open files on a
NetWare Lite server and the client reboots
with the files still open, sometimes the files
will not be closed when the client reconnects
or when watchdog clears the station
connection.
Symptoms: Files are left open on the server when a
client reboots.
LPTSTAT.PAT - NetWare Lite v1.1 Server LPT printer status fix
patch
Target: SERVER.EXE
Checksums: 5B7, CO1, 575, 307, C01
Problem: Print jobs in NetWare Lite are being sent to a
printer that has been taken off line or
powered off. The jobs are being lost.
Symptoms: Print jobs are being lost when the printer has
been powered off or taken off line.
RECONFIX.PAT - NetWare Lite Client reconnect patch
Target: CLIENT.EXE
Checksums: 76A, 74F, 10EF, 66A, 64F, 8F7, 3A3, 3A3, 10EF
Problem: The reconnection between server and client
fails to occur when the NET CAPTURE or NET
PRINT commands are issued by a client to a
server that has just been rebooted.
Subsequent NET CAPTURE or NET PRINT commands
from the client station will work normally.
Symptoms: When using the NET CAPTURE or NET PRINT
commands as the first commands from a client
to a server that has just been rebooted, the
error messages "Redirect device -- Too many
open files." or "Write file -- Access denied."
will be displayed and the command will fail.
CLPRINTR.PAT - NetWare Lite Client printer corruption fix
patch
Target: CLIENT.EXE
Checksums: 6AC, 562, 5D4, 316, 562
Problem: Running certain applications on a
client/server with a local printer will
produce printer output that has been
corrupted.
Symptoms: Printer output that has been captured through
NetWare Lite will be corrupted.
SOLUTION
NA
FYI
(Note: The origin of this information may be internal or external
to Novell. Novell makes every effort within its means to verify
this information. However, the information provided in this
document is FOR YOUR INFORMATION only. Novell makes no explicit or
implied claims to the validity of this information.)
TITLE: No DOS ODI Drivers for DEC Ethernet LAN Boards
DOCUMENT ID#: FYI.P.09062
DATE: 11JUN92
PRODUCT: NetWare Lite
PRODUCT VERSION: v1.0
SUPERSEDES: FYI.P.07850
SYMPTOM
NA
ISSUE/PROBLEM
Are Open Data-Link Interface (ODI) drivers available for the
following Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC) Ethernet LAN
boards?
DE100, DE200, DE210, DE201, or DE202
The user wanted ODI drivers for NetWare Lite software.
SOLUTION
Yes. Refer to the following Novell Labs reports:
l-1057 DE-100 (NetWare v3.11 Only)
l-1058 DE-101
l-1059 DE-200
l-1060 DE-201
l-1061 DE-202
l-1062 DE-210
ODI Drivers should be used with NetWare Lite. Using dedicated
IPX drivers with NetWare Lite software is not officially
supported by Novell.
If forced to use a dedicated IPX driver in NetWare Lite
software, do the following:
1. Select the appropriate LAN driver during the
installation.
2. Edit the STARTNET.BAT file so that it loads the desired
IPX.COM (then SHARE, SERVER, CLIENT) instead of Link
Support Layer (LSL), <odi mlid>, and IPXODI.
3. Also if it is necessary to load IPX with a different
configuration, then change the NET.CFG file created
during the install to reflect that change.
